Перевод: со всех языков на английский

What has been done is to use

1 для этого использовался

Для этого использовался-- What has been done is to use the experimental data to estimate the maximum variation in centerline velocity.

Русско-английский научно-технический словарь переводчика > для этого использовался
2 ὁ

ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.² 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.

① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun

ⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.

ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).

ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.

② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state

ⓐ w. nouns

α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.

א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.³ 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.

ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.

β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).

γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.

δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).

ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.

ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.

η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.

θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.

ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman⁴-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.

ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.

α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.

β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.

γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.

δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.

ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receives

α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.

β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.

ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.

α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).

β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands

א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).

ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.

ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.

ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.

ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.

ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express

ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.

ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.

ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.

ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.

ⓗ The neut. of the art. stands

α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.

β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.

ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. are

α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).

β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.

γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).

ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί

α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.

β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).

γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.

ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁ
3 señalar

v.

1 to indicate, to point at, to point out, to signal.

Pedro apunta las necesidades de ella Peter points out her needs.

2 to point.

3 to point fingers, to accuse.

* * *

señalar

► verbo transitivo

1 (marcar) to mark

2 (rubricar) to sign and seal

3 (hacer herida) to mark, scar

4 (hacer notar) to point out

■ señaló algunas contradicciones she pointed out some contradictions

5 (apuntar hacia) to point to, show

■ la manecilla pequeña señala las dos the little hand is pointing to two

6 (con el dedo) to point at

7 (fijar - cita) to arrange, make; (fecha, lugar, precio) to set, fix

8 (designar) to appoint

9 (subrayar la importancia) to stress, underline

► verbo pronominal señalarse

1 (distinguirse) to distinguish oneself

2 (sobresalir) to stand out

* * *

verb

1) to indicate, show

2) mark

3) point out

* * *

1. VT

1) (=indicar) [gen] to show; [con el dedo] to point

me señaló el camino — he showed me the way

como señala el informe — as shown in the report

la aguja señala el nivel del aceite — the needle shows the oil level

el termómetro señalaba 25 grados — the thermometer read 25 degrees

es de mala educación señalar a la gente — it's rude to point (at people)

señalar una falta — (Dep) to indicate a foul

2) (=marcar) to mark

señala en rojo dónde están los fallos — mark the mistakes in red

señaló las cajas con etiquetas — he labelled the boxes

el acné le ha señalado la cara — his face has been marked o scarred by acne

eso señaló el principio de la decadencia — that marked the start of the decline

3) (=destacar) to point out

tenemos que señalar tres aspectos fundamentales — we have to point out three fundamental aspects

tuve que señalarle varios errores en el examen — I had to point out several mistakes in the exam to him

señalar que — to point out that

4) (=designar) [+ fecha, precio] to fix, settle; [+ tarea] to set

en el momento señalado — at the given moment, at the appointed time

todas las encuestas lo señalan como el candidato favorito — all the opinion polls point to him as the favourite candidate

5) (Aut) [+ carretera, ruta] to signpost

6) [+ ganado] to brand

2.

See:

señalarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) ( indicar)

la flecha señalaba la salida — the arrow pointed to the exit

me estaba señalando con el dedo — he was pointing at me (with his finger)

me señaló la ruta en un mapa — he showed me the route o pointed out the route (to me) on a map

me señaló con el dedo qué pasteles quería — he pointed out (to me) which cakes he wanted

las manecillas del reloj señalaban las doce — the hands of the clock showed twelve

2) (marcar con lápiz, rotulador) to mark

3) ( afirmar) to point out

señaló que... — she pointed out that...

4) ( fijar) < fecha> to fix, set

a la hora señalada — at the appointed o arranged time

en el lugar señalado — in the appointed o agreed place

5) ( anunciar) to mark
2.
señalar vi to point

no señales! — don't point!
3.
señalarse v pron to distinguish oneself

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo

1) ( indicar)

la flecha señalaba la salida — the arrow pointed to the exit

me estaba señalando con el dedo — he was pointing at me (with his finger)

me señaló la ruta en un mapa — he showed me the route o pointed out the route (to me) on a map

me señaló con el dedo qué pasteles quería — he pointed out (to me) which cakes he wanted

las manecillas del reloj señalaban las doce — the hands of the clock showed twelve

2) (marcar con lápiz, rotulador) to mark

3) ( afirmar) to point out

señaló que... — she pointed out that...

4) ( fijar) < fecha> to fix, set

a la hora señalada — at the appointed o arranged time

en el lugar señalado — in the appointed o agreed place

5) ( anunciar) to mark
2.
señalar vi to point

no señales! — don't point!
3.
señalarse v pron to distinguish oneself

* * *

señalar¹

¹ = mark off, point to, tick (off), mark out, bring to + Posesivo + notice, mark + Nombre + down as.

Ex: Human intervention may also be necessary to mark off the area in the string on the title page that should be indexed, and possibly to add an imprint date if not present.

Ex: This article points to economically feasible and communication-based indexing methods which fit the potentials of current information technology.

Ex: In particular note, for example by ticking them, those terms that merit a turn in the lead position, and those that do not.

Ex: To infuse into that basic form an element of linguistic liveliness and wit, which marks out the best adult reviewers, is to ask far more than most children can hope to achieve.

Ex: One moonlight night Sweeny was brought to our notice by his ejaculations of impatience at being obliged to come to a dead halt.

Ex: One look convinced the employer that she was unsuited for the work, and he marked her down as unsuitable.

* señalar a Alguien = put + Alguien + on the spot.

* señalar con el dedo = point + the fingers at.

* señalar con un círculo = circle.

señalar²

² = bring to + Posesivo + attention, get at, indicate, mark, point, point out, signal, signify, stress, note, state, point + (a/the) finger(s) at.

Ex: Errors in colleagues' work should be brought to their attention tactfully and not in the presence of others = A los compañeros se les debería hacer ver sus errores discretamente y no en presencia de otros.

Ex: What I'm getting at is this: At least in the CIP entry that I have seen, LC, following customary practice, made a title entry for the main title, 'Women in Librarianship', but nothing under Melvil's 'Rib Symposium'.

Ex: The general index of CC lists isolates and indicates where they may be found as in a relative index.

Ex: In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.

Ex: An arrow pointing upwards indicates when the terminal is in insert mode.

Ex: By means of the arrangement of document substitutes in library catalogues, and also by the arrangement of documents themselves, it is possible to point out, or indicate, classes of documents.

Ex: Main classes are denoted by a capital letter, and in most classes a second capital letter is used to signal major sections or subclasses.

Ex: Within one main class the same piece of notation may be used to signify different concepts.

Ex: However, it must be stressed that these problems are still in the future.

Ex: In the future, a number of further developments can be fairly confidently predicted in addition to the expansion of those noted above.

Ex: Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.

Ex: It is easy to point the fingers at the refs.

* señalar diferencias = point out + differences, note + difference, point to + differences.

* señalar las dificultades = note + difficulties.

* señalar similitudes = point out + similarities.

* * *

señalar [A1 ]

vt

A

(indicar): nos señaló la ruta en un mapa she showed us the route o pointed out the route to us on a map

me señaló con el dedo qué pasteles quería he pointed out to me which cakes he wanted

las manecillas del reloj señalaban las doce the hands of the clock showed twelve

B (marcar) to mark

los he señalado con una cruz I've marked them with a cross, I've put a cross by them

C (afirmar) to point out

señaló la necesidad de abrir nuevos hospitales she pointed out the need to open new hospitals

D (fijar) ‹fecha› to fix, set

a la hora señalada at the appointed o arranged time

señalaron el día 15 como fecha tope they set o fixed the deadline for the 15th

en el lugar señalado in the appointed o agreed place

E (anunciar) to mark

la llegada de las cigüeñas señala el final del invierno the arrival of the storks marks o signals the end of winter

■ señalarse

v pron

to distinguish oneself

se señaló por su heroísmo en la guerra during the war he distinguished himself by his heroism

* * *

señalar ( conjugate señalar) verbo transitivo
1 ( indicar) ‹ruta/camino› to show;
◊ el reloj señalaba las doce the clock showed twelve;

me señaló con el dedo he pointed at me (with his finger);
señalarle algo a algn to show sb sth, point sth out to sb;
me señaló con el dedo qué pasteles quería he pointed out (to me) which cakes he wanted
2 (marcar con lápiz, rotulador) to mark
3 ( afirmar) to point out;
◊ señaló que … she pointed out that …

4 ( fijar) ‹ fecha› to fix, set;
◊ en el lugar señalado in the appointed o agreed place

5 ( anunciar) to mark
verbo intransitivo
to point
señalar verbo transitivo
1 (con el dedo) to point at
(desprestigiar)
2 (apuntar, subrayar) me gustaría señalar que..., I would like to point out that...
3 (señalizar) to indicate: la brújula señalaba el norte, the compass was pointing North
4 (una fecha) to fix
5 (dejar una marca o huella) el navajazo le señaló la cara, the knife wound scarred his face
' señalar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
apuntar
- indicar
- marcar
- dar
- dedo
- penalty
- puntero
- puntualizar
English:
appoint
- designate
- mark
- must
- pinpoint
- point
- point out
- signal
- at
- give
- indicate
- show
- single

* * *

señalar

♦ vt

1. [marcar] to mark;
[hora, temperatura] to indicate, to show;
el termómetro señalaba 10 grados the thermometer showed 10 degrees;

la brújula debe señalar el norte the compass should indicate north;

cuando el reloj señale las doce when the clock says twelve;

las elecciones de aquel año señalaron el comienzo de la transición that year's elections marked the beginning of the transition

2. [apuntar] to point out;

nos señaló con el dedo he pointed at us;

no quiero señalar a nadie, pero… I don't want to point the finger at anyone, but…;

la flecha señala el camino the arrow indicates the path;

me señaló los errores que había cometido he showed me o pointed out to me the mistakes I had made

3. [ser el inicio de] to mark, to signal;

las lluvias señalan la llegada del monzón the rains signal o announce the arrival of the monsoon

4. [recalcar] to point out;

me gustaría señalar que… I'd like to point out that…

5. [fijar] to set, to fix;

aún no han señalado el día de la boda they haven't yet fixed the date of the wedding;

señaló su valor en 1.000 dólares he set o fixed its value at 1,000 dollars

6. [ganado] to brand

♦ See also the pronominal verb señalarse

* * *

señalar

v/t

1 indicate, point out;

señalar a alguien con el dedo tb fig point at s.o.

2 con símbolo, línea etc mark

3 ( fijar) set, decide on

* * *

señalar vt

1) indicar: to indicate, to show

2) : to mark

3) : to point out, to stress

4) : to fix, to set

♦ See also the reflexive verb señalarse

* * *

señalar vb

1. (marcar) to mark

señalaré con una cruz los paquetes urgentes I'll mark the urgent parcels with a cross

2. (indicar) to point out / to show [pt. showed; pp. shown]

el niño señalaba los juguetes que le gustaban the boy pointed out the toys he liked

el termómetro señalaba treinta grados the thermometer showed thirty degrees

3. (fijar) to set [pt. & pp. set] / to fix

la profesora ya ha señalado el día del examen the teacher has already set the day of the exam

señalar con el dedo to point

es de mala educación señalar con el dedo a las personas it's rude to point at people

Spanish-English dictionary > señalar
4 señalar2

² = bring to + Posesivo + attention, get at, indicate, mark, point, point out, signal, signify, stress, note, state, point + (a/the) finger(s) at.

Ex. Errors in colleagues' work should be brought to their attention tactfully and not in the presence of others = A los compañeros se les debería hacer ver sus errores discretamente y no en presencia de otros.

Ex. What I'm getting at is this: At least in the CIP entry that I have seen, LC, following customary practice, made a title entry for the main title, 'Women in Librarianship', but nothing under Melvil's 'Rib Symposium'.

Ex. The general index of CC lists isolates and indicates where they may be found as in a relative index.

Ex. In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.

Ex. An arrow pointing upwards indicates when the terminal is in insert mode.

Ex. By means of the arrangement of document substitutes in library catalogues, and also by the arrangement of documents themselves, it is possible to point out, or indicate, classes of documents.

Ex. Main classes are denoted by a capital letter, and in most classes a second capital letter is used to signal major sections or subclasses.

Ex. Within one main class the same piece of notation may be used to signify different concepts.

Ex. However, it must be stressed that these problems are still in the future.

Ex. In the future, a number of further developments can be fairly confidently predicted in addition to the expansion of those noted above.

Ex. Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.

Ex. It is easy to point the fingers at the refs.

----

* señalar diferencias = point out + differences, note + difference, point to + differences.

* señalar las dificultades = note + difficulties.

* señalar similitudes = point out + similarities.

Spanish-English dictionary > señalar2
5 faire

faire [fεʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. intransitive verb

3. impersonal verb

4. auxiliary verb

5. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 60

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque faire est suivi d'un nom dans une locution comme faire une faute, se faire des idées, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque faire est utilisé pour parler d'une activité non précisée, ou qu'il remplace un verbe plus spécifique, il se traduit par to do. Lorsque faire veut dire créer, préparer, fabriquer, il se traduit souvent par to make.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. (activité non précisée) to do

• que fais-tu ce soir ? what are you doing tonight?

• je n'ai rien à faire I have nothing to do

• que voulez-vous qu'on y fasse ? what can be done about it?

• faire la chambre to do the room

• faire 10 km to do 10km

• faire 100 km/h to do 100km/h

• on a fait Lyon-Paris en cinq heures we did Lyon to Paris in five hours

• je n'en ferai rien ! I'll do nothing of the sort!

► faire de ( = utiliser) to do with

• je ne sais pas quoi faire de mon temps libre I don't know what to do with my spare time

• qu'avez-vous fait de votre sac ? what have you done with your bag?► ne faire que

• il ne fait que se plaindre he's always complaining

• il ne fait que bavarder he won't stop chattering

• je ne fais que passer I'm just passing

   b. (School) [+ devoirs, matière, auteur] to do

• faire de l'allemand to do German

• faire l'école hôtelière to go to a catering school

   c. ( = créer, préparer, fabriquer) to make

• faire un film to make a film

• faire de la confiture to make jam

   d. ( = constituer) c'est ce qui fait tout son charme that's what makes him so charming

   e. (Sport) [+ football, tennis, rugby] to play ; [+ sport de combat] to do

• faire du sport to do sport

• faire du judo to do judo

• faire de la boxe to box

   f. (Music) ( = jouer) to play

• faire du piano/du violon to play the piano/the violin

   g. (Medicine) [+ diabète, attaque] to have

• faire de la tension to have high blood pressure

   h. ( = chercher dans) il a fait toute la ville pour en trouver he's been all over town looking for some

   i. ( = vendre) nous ne faisons pas cette marque we don't stock that make

• je vous le fais à 700 € I'll let you have it for 700 euros

   j. ( = mesurer, peser, coûter) to be

• la cuisine fait 6 mètres de large the kitchen is 6 metres wide

• combien fait cette chaise ? how much is this chair?

• ça fait 130 € that's 130 euros

• deux et deux font quatre two and two is four

• cela fait combien en tout ? how much is that altogether?

   k. ( = agir sur, importer) ils ne peuvent rien me faire they can't do anything to me

• on ne me la fait pas à moi ! (inf) I wasn't born yesterday!

• qu'est-ce que cela peut bien te faire ? what's it to you?

• qu'est-ce que ça fait ? so what? (inf)

• cela ne vous ferait rien de sortir ? would you mind leaving the room?

   l. ( = imiter) il a fait celui qui ne comprenait pas he pretended not to understand

• ne fais pas l'enfant/l'idiot don't be so childish/so stupid

   m. ( = être, servir de) [personne] to be ; [acteur] to play ; [objet] to be used as

• tu fais l'arbitre ? will you be referee?

• cet hôtel fait aussi restaurant the hotel has its own restaurant

• quel imbécile je fais ! what a fool I am!

• il fera un bon avocat he'll make a good lawyer

   n. ( = dire) to say

• « vraiment ? » fit-il "really?" he said

• le chat fait miaou the cat goes miaow

   o. (Grammar) « canal » fait »canaux » au pluriel the plural of "canal" is "canaux"

2. <

   a. (remplaçant un autre verbe) to do

• as-tu payé la note ? -- non, c'est lui qui l'a fait did you pay the bill? -- no, he did

• puis-je téléphoner ? -- faites, je vous en prie could I use the phone? -- yes, of course

   b. ( = agir) faire vite to act quickly

• faites vite ! be quick!

• faites comme chez vous make yourself at home

   c. ( = paraître) to look

• ce vase fait bien sur la table the vase looks nice on the table

• faire vieux to look old

• faire jeune to look young

   d. (besoins naturels) (inf) [personne] to go ; [animal] to do its business

3. <

► il fait

• il fait nuit it is dark

• il faut chaud it is hot

• il fait bon vivre ici this is a nice place to be

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► since et for ne se construisent pas avec le même temps.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► cela or ça fait... que

• cela fait très longtemps que je ne l'ai pas vu I haven't seen him for a very long time it's a long time since I saw him

• ça fait trois ans qu'il est parti it's three years since he left he's been gone for three years

• ça fait que... that means...

4. <

   a. ( = pousser à) to make

• ça m'a fait pleurer it made me cry

• il lui a fait boire du whisky he made her drink some whisky

• ce genre de musique me fait dormir that kind of music puts me to sleep

• j'ai fait démarrer la voiture I got the car started

• faire réparer une montre to have a watch repaired

• elle a fait tomber une tasse she knocked a cup over

► faire faire

• faire faire qch par qn to get sth made (or done) by sb

• faire faire qch à qn to get sb to do (or to make) sth ; (en le forçant) to make sb do (or make) sth

• se faire faire une robe to have a dress made

   b. ( = aider à) faire traverser la rue à un aveugle to help a blind man across the road

• faire manger un patient to feed a patient

   c. ( = laisser) faire entrer qn (qn que l'on attendait) to let sb in ; (qn que l'on n'attendait pas) to ask sb in

• faire venir le médecin to call the doctor

5. <

► se faire

   a. (pour soi)

il s'est fait beaucoup d'ennemis he has made a great many enemies

   b. ( = être fait) si ça doit se faire, ça se fera sans moi if it's going to happen, it'll happen without me

   c. ( = être convenable, courant) ça se fait d'offrir des fleurs à un homme ? is it OK to give flowers to a man?

• cela ne se fait pas it's not done

   d. (locutions)

► se faire + adjectif (involontairement) to get ; (volontairement) to make o.s.

• se faire vieux to be getting old

• il se faisait tard it was getting late

• se faire beau to make o.s. look nice

• sa voix se fit plus douce his voice became softer► se faire + infinitif

• il se faisait apporter le journal tous les matins he had the paper brought to him every morning

• fais-toi expliquer le règlement get someone to explain the rules to you

• se faire couper les cheveux to have one's hair cut

• je me suis fait couper les cheveux I've had my hair cut

• il s'est fait attaquer par deux jeunes he was attacked by two youths

• elle s'est fait renvoyer she was sacked

• tu vas te faire gronder you'll get yourself into trouble

• faut se le faire ! (inf!) he's a real pain in the neck! (inf)► se faire à ( = s'habituer à) to get used to

• il ne se fait pas au climat he can't get used to the climate► s'en faire to worry

• ne t'en fais pas don't worry

• il ne s'en fait pas ! he's got a nerve!► il se fait que

• il pourrait se faire qu'il pleuve it might rain

• comment se fait-il qu'il soit absent ? how come he's not here? (inf)

* * *
fɛʀ
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( produire) to make

trois et deux font cinq — three and two make five

combien font 13 fois 13? — what's 13 times 13?

œil fait yeux au pluriel — œil is yeux in the plural

2) ( façonner) to shape [histoire, période]

3) ( étudier) to do [licence, sujet]

faire du violon — to study ou play the violin

tu as fait ton piano? — have you practised your piano?

faire une école de commerce — to go to business school

4) ( préparer) to make [soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]

faire du poulet — to cook a chicken

5) ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures]

6) Commerce ( proposer) to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]

ils ne font pas le petit déjeuner — they don't do breakfast

l'hôtel fait-il restaurant? — does the hotel have a restaurant?

7) ( cultiver)

faire des céréales — [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals

8) ( se fournir en)

faire de l'eau — Nautisme, Chemin de Fer to take on water

faire (de) l'essence — (colloq) Automobile to get petrol GB ou gas US

9) ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do (colloq) [région, musées]

faire toute la ville — to go all over town

faire l'Écosse — to visit Scotland

j'ai fait tous les tiroirs — I went through all the drawers

10) ( souffrir de) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]

faire une crise cardiaque — to have a heart attack

11) ( demander un prix)

faire quelque chose à 30 francs — to sell something for 30 francs, to charge 30 francs for something

12) ( servir de) to serve as

13) (user, disposer de) to do

qu'as-tu fait du billet? — what have you done with the ticket?

pour quoi faire? — what for?

je n'ai que faire de — I have no need for

je n'en ai rien à faire — (colloq) I couldn't care less

14) ( avoir un effet)

que veux-tu que j'y fasse? — what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?

ça y fait — (colloq) it has an effect

leur départ ne m'a rien fait — their departure didn't affect me at all

ça me fait quelque chose de la voir dans cet état — it upsets me to see her in that state

pour ce que ça fait! — (colloq) for all the good it does!

ça ne fait rien à la chose — it makes no difference

qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? — (colloq) what is it to you?

15) (entraîner, causer)

faire des jaloux — to make some people jealous

l'explosion a fait 12 morts — the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead

ça ne fait rien! — ( pas grave) it doesn't matter!

ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié — (colloq) as a result I forgot

16) ( transformer) to make

elle en a fait sa confidente — she's made her her confidante

faire d'un garage un atelier — to make ou turn a garage into a workshop

17) ( proclamer)

faire quelqu'un général — to make somebody a general

18) ( imiter)

faire le courageux — to pretend to be brave

faire le dictateur — to act the dictator

19) ( tenir le rôle de) to be

quel plaisantin vous faites! — what a joker you are!

20) ( dans un souhait)

mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! — God, please let him succeed!

21) (colloq) ( tromper)

il me l'a fait au baratin — he talked me into it

on ne me la fait pas! — I'm not a fool!

22) ( dire) to say

‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle — ‘of course,’ she said

le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ — the duck says ou goes ‘quack’

2.

verbe intransitif

1) ( agir) to do, to act

fais comme tu veux — do as you like

faire vite — to act quickly

vas-y, mais fais vite! — go, but be quick about it!

fais comme chez toi — lit, iron make yourself at home

2) ( paraître) to look

faire jeune — to look young

3) (colloq) ( être) to be

il veut faire pompier — he wants to be a fireman

4) ( durer) to last

sa robe lui a fait deux ans — her dress lasted her two years

5) ( valoir)

ça fait cher — it is expensive

6) ( pour les besoins naturels) to go

tu as fait? — have you been?

7) (colloq)

faire avec — ( se contenter de) to make do with; ( supporter) to put up with

3.

se faire verbe pronominal

1)

se faire un café — to make oneself a coffee

se faire des amis — to make friends

se faire la cuisine soi-même — to do one's own cooking

combien se fait-il (colloq) par mois? — how much does he make a month?

2) ( devenir) to get, to become

il se fait tard — it's getting late

3) ( se rendre)

se faire tout petit — to make oneself very small

4) ( s'inquiéter)

s'en faire — to worry

il ne s'en fait pas! — ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!

5) ( s'habituer)

se faire à — to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]

6) ( être d'usage)

ça se fait encore ici — it's still done here

ça ne se fait pas — it's not the done thing ( de faire to do)

7) ( être à la mode) to be in (fashion)

ça ne se fait plus — it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion

8) ( être produit)

c'est ce qui se fait de mieux — it's the best there is

le pont se fera bien un jour — the bridge will be built one day

9) ( emploi impersonnel)

il se fit que — it (so) happened that

il se fit un grand silence — there was complete silence

comment se fait-il que...? — how is it that...?

10) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature

11) (colloq)

il faut se le faire, son copain! — his/her mate is a real pain! (colloq)

12) ( avec infinitif)

se faire couler un bain — to run oneself a bath

se faire comprendre — to make oneself understood

••

Un très grand nombre de tournures et locutions contenant ce verbe sont traitées ailleurs, généralement sous le terme qui suit faire, en particulier

- les expressions décrivant les tâches domestiques, agricoles (faire la cuisine/moisson), les occupations manuelles (faire du tricot/bricolage), les activités professionnelles ou de loisir (faire du théâtre/de la photo), les types d'études ( faire médecine). Pour ce qui est des jeux, sports et loisirs, voir également la note d'usage correspondante

- les locutions décrivant un mouvement, l'expression, un comportement (faire un geste/une grimace/le pitre)

- les expressions dans lesquelles faire signifie ‘formuler’ (faire une promesse/offre etc)

- les expressions décrivant la qualité de la lumière (il fait jour/sombre) ou l'état du temps

- les expressions contenant une mesure (faire 20 mètres de long/15 kilos/20°/15 kilomètres à l'heure etc) pour lesquelles on consultera les notes d'usage

- les expressions décrivant une démarche de l'esprit (se faire une opinion/du souci etc)

- les expressions indiquant l'effet produit (faire peur/mal/plaisir/du tort etc, faire cuire/sécher/tomber etc)

- faire + venir/ entrer/ sortir etc

- les locutions telles que faire semblant/exprès, se faire avoir etc

- les expressions familières ( faire un enfant etc)

Par ailleurs pour les expressions décrivant

- une activité sportive (faire du tennis/de la marche/du parapente)

- une durée ( ça fait 15 ans)

la consultation des notes d'usage vous fournira des traductions utiles. Voir la liste

En outre, certaines entrées telles que combien, ce, que, comment, laisser, rien, mieux, bien etc fourniront également des traductions utiles

To make ou to do?

Les principales traductions de faire sont to make et to do mais elles ne sont pas interchangeables

to make traduit faire + objet dénotant ce qui est créé, confectionné, composé, réalisé, obtenu; l'objet est le résultat de l'action: faire son lit/des confitures = to make one's bed/jam; faire un discours/une faute/un bénéfice = to make a speech/a mistake/a profit; je me suis fait un café = I made myself a coffee

to do a le sens plus vague de se livrer à une activité, s'occuper à quelque chose; l'objet peut préciser la nature de l'activité: faire de la recherche/un exercice/une réparation = to do research/an exercise/a repair job; faire son devoir = to do one's duty

ou bien la nature de l'activité reste indéterminée: que fait-il (dans la vie)? = what does he do in life?; qu'est-ce que tu fais ce soir? = what are you doing tonight?; la science peut tout faire = science can do anything; j'ai à faire = I have things to do

ou encore le contexte suggère la nature de l'activité: faire une pièce = to do a room, peut vouloir dire la nettoyer, la ranger, la peindre

Si faire remplace un verbe plus précis, on traduira fréquemment par celui-ci: faire une maison/un nid = to build a house/a nest; faire une lettre = to write a letter; faire une visite = to pay a visit; faire un numéro de téléphone = to dial a number

Les périphrases verbales sont parfois rendues par un seul verbe: faire voir (= montrer) = to show; faire du tissage (= tisser) = to weave, mais faire un peu de tissage = to do a bit of weaving

Faire + infinitif + quelqu'un

faire + infinitive + quelqu'un, c'est-à-dire obtenir de quelqu'un qu'il agisse d'une certaine manière, se traduit selon le sens de faire, par: to make somebody do something (forcer, être cause que): fais-la lever = make her get up; ça m'a fait rire = it made me laugh; ça fait dormir = it makes you sleep; par to get somebody to do something (inciter): fais-leur prendre un rendez-vous = get them to make an appointment; par to help somebody to do something (aider): faire traverser la rue à un vieillard = to help an old man across the street; mais faire manger un bébé = to feed a child. Dans l'exemple ça fait dormir on notera qu'en anglais le sujet du verbe est toujours exprimé, ce qui n'est pas le cas en français

(se) faire faire quelque chose (par quelqu'un) se traduit par to have something done ou made (by somebody), ou, dans une langue plus familière, to get something done ou made (by somebody): (se) faire construire une maison = to have a house built; faire réparer sa voiture = to have ou get one's car repaired; c'est la table qu'il a fait faire = it's the table he had made; elle fait exécuter les travaux par un ami = she's having the work done by a friend

Ne faire que

exprime soit la continuité: il ne fait que pleuvoir = it never stops raining, it rains all the time

soit la restriction: je ne fais qu'obéir aux ordres = I'm only obeying orders

Faire reprend un autre verbe

Dans ce cas il sera généralement traduit par to do: ‘je peux regarder? ’ - ‘faites ou faites je vous en prie ’ = ‘may I look?’ - ‘please do’; il souffla, comme il avait vu faire son père = he blew, as he had seen his father do; on veut que je parte, mais je n'en ferai rien = they want me to leave, but I'll do nothing of the sort

Vous trouverez d'autres exemples dans l'entrée faire

* * *
fɛʀ
1. vt

1) (= fabriquer) to make

faire un film — to make a movie

faire du pain — to make bread

faire un gâteau — to make a cake

faire une offre — to make an offer

faire du bruit — to make a noise

Ils font trop de bruit. — They're making too much noise.

2) (= effectuer) to do

Que faites-vous? — What are you doing?

Que faites-vous dans la vie? — What do you do?

Que faire? — What can be done about it?

Qu'allons-nous faire? — What are we going to do?

faire la lessive — to do the washing

faire le ménage — to do the housework

faire la vaisselle — to do the dishes, to do the washing up

3) [études, sujet] to do

faire du droit — to do law

faire du français — to do French

Il fait de l'italien. — He's doing Italian.

4) (pratiquer régulièrement) [musique, rugby] to play

Il fait du piano. — He plays the piano.

faire du rugby — to play rugby

faire de la natation — to swim

faire de l'équitation — to ride

5) (se livrer ponctuellement à une activité)

faire du cheval — to go riding

faire du ski — to go skiing

6) (= visiter)

faire les magasins — to go shopping

faire l'Europe — to tour Europe, to do Europe

7) (= imiter)

faire le malade — to play the invalid

faire le mort — to play dead

faire l'ignorant — to play the fool

8) (= mesurer, totaliser) to be, to make

2 et 2 font 4. — 2 and 2 are 4., 2 and 2 make 4.

Ça fait 10 m. — It's 10 m.

Ça fait 15 euros. — It's 15 euros.

Ça fait cinquante-trois euros en tout. — That's fifty-three euros all together., That makes fifty-three euros all together.

Je vous le fais 10 euros. — I'll let you have it for 10 euros.

9) (= dire) to go

"Vraiment?" fit-il. — "Really?" he goes.

10) (= souffrir de) [diabète, eczéma] to have

faire du diabète — to have diabetes

faire de la tension — to have high blood pressure

11) (autres constructions)

faire qch à qn — to do sth to sb

Il regrettait ce qu'il avait fait à son frère. — He was sorry for what he had done to his brother.

ça ne fait rien — it doesn't matter

ça ne me fait rien — I don't mind

faire qch de qch — to do sth with sth

Qu'a-t-il fait de sa valise? — What has he done with his case?

faire de qn un avocat — to make sb a lawyer

faire que (= impliquer que) — to mean that

ce qui fait que... — which means that...

ne faire que (= ne pas arrêter de) Il ne fait que critiquer. — All he ever does is criticize.

2. vi

1) (= agir) to act

Il faut faire vite. — We must act quickly., It's important to act quickly.

je n'ai pas pu faire autrement — there was nothing else I could do

laissez-moi faire! — let me do it!

faites comme chez vous — make yourself at home

2) (= s'y prendre)

comment a-t-il fait pour...? — how did he manage to...?

3) (= paraître) (avec adjectif) to look

faire vieux — to look old

faire démodé — to look old-fashioned

Tu fais jeune dans cette robe. — That dress makes you look younger.

ça fait bien — it looks good

4) (remplaçant autre verbe) to do

Ne le casse pas comme je l'ai fait. — Don't break it like I did.

Je peux regarder? - Faites! — Can I have a look? - Please do!

Remets-le en place. - Je viens de le faire. — Put it back in its place.- I just did.

3. vb aux

(suivi d'un infinitif) to make

faire tomber qch — to make sth fall, to knock sth over

Le chat a fait tomber le vase. — The cat knocked over the vase.

faire bouger qch — to make sth move

faire démarrer un moteur — to start up an engine

faire chauffer de l'eau — to heat some water

cela fait dormir — it makes you sleep

faire travailler les enfants — to make the children work, to get the children to work

faire réparer qch — to get sth repaired, to have sth repaired

Je dois faire réparer ma voiture. — I've got to get my car repaired.

faire faire qch — to have sth done

Elle fait faire des travaux dans sa maison. — She's having some work done on her house.

Il a fait faire son portrait. — He's had his portrait done.

faire faire des économies à qn — to save sb money

Cela fait faire des économies au consommateur. — This saves the consumer money.

4. vb impers (temps)
to be
il fait beau — it's a lovely day

Espérons qu'il fera beau demain. — Let's hope it'll be nice weather tomorrow.

Qu'est-ce qu'il fait chaud! — Isn't it hot!

1) (durée)

ça fait 2 ans qu'il est parti — it's 2 years since he left

ça fait 2 ans qu'il y est — he's been there for 2 years

ça fait trois ans qu'ils habitent à Paris — they've lived in Paris for three years, they've been living in Paris for three years

2) (autres locutions)

il fait bon; Il fait bon se promener dans cette région. — It's nice to go walking in this area.

Il ne fait pas bon traîner ici le soir. — It's not a good idea to hang around here at night.

* * *

faire ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: faire

A vtr

1 (donner, émettre, produire) to make; le raisin fera un vin excellent the grapes will make ou produce (an) excellent wine; cet arbre fait des fleurs/baies this tree produces flowers/berries; le garage ferait une belle pièce the garage would make a nice room; ils font un beau couple they make a handsome couple; il fera un bon médecin he'll make a good doctor; les qualités qui font un champion the qualities which make a champion; trois et deux font cinq three and two make five; ça fait deux chacun that makes two each; combien font 13 fois 13? what's 13 times 13?; œil fait yeux au pluriel œil is yeux in the plural;

2 fig ( façonner) to shape [période]; les événements qui font l'histoire events which shape history;

3 ( étudier) to do [licence, diplôme]; on a fait la Chine en géographie we did China in geography; faire du violon to study ou play the violin; tu as fait ton piano? have you practised your piano?; faire une école de commerce/les Beaux-Arts to go to business school/art college;

4 ( préparer) to make [sauce, soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]; faire du poulet to do ou cook a chicken; qu'est-ce que je fais pour le déjeuner? what shall I cook ou prepare for lunch?;

5 ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures];

6 ( proposer) Comm to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]; ils ne font pas le petit déjeuner/les réparations they don't do breakfast/repairs; je fais beaucoup ce modèle en ce moment I'm selling a lot of this particular model at the moment; l'hôtel fait-il restaurant? does the hotel do meals, does the hotel have a restaurant?;

7 (cultiver, produire) Agric faire des céréales [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals;

8 ( se fournir en) faire de l'eau Naut, Rail to take on water; faire (de) l'essence○ Aut to get petrol GB ou gas US; faire du bois dans la forêt to gather wood in the forest; faire de l'herbe pour les bêtes to cut grass for the animals;

9 ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do○ [région, ville, musées]; faire 200 kilomètres to do 200 kilometres^GB; faire Rome-Nice en avion to do the Rome-Nice journey by plane; représentant qui fait○ la région parisienne rep○ who does the Paris area; j'ai dû faire toute la ville/toutes les boutiques pour trouver ça I had to go all over town/round GB ou around US all the shops to find this; faire la vallée de la Loire to do○ the Loire Valley; faire l'Écosse to visit Scotland; j'ai fait tous les tiroirs mais je ne l'ai pas trouvé I went through all the drawers but I couldn't find it;

10 ( dans le domaine de la santé) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]; faire une crise cardiaque to have a heart attack; faire de la fièvre○ to have ou run a temperature; faire de l'angine de poitrine to get angina; elle m'a encore fait une otite○! she's had another ear-infection!;

11 ( demander un prix) faire qch à 30 euros to sell sth for 30 euros, to charge 30 euros for sth; il me l'a fait à 500 euros he charged me ou sold it to me for 500 euros;

12 ( servir de) to serve as; ce coin fera bureau this corner will serve as a study;

13 (user, disposer de) to do; que vais-je faire des bagages/enfants? what am I going to do with the luggage/children?; qu'as-tu fait du billet? what have you done with the ticket?; pour ce qu'elle en fait! for all she does with it/them!; pour quoi faire? what for?; je n'ai que faire de I have no need for; je n'en ai rien à faire it's nothing to do with me;

14 ( avoir un effet) faire plus de mal que de bien to do more harm than good; qu'as-tu fait à ta sœur? what have you done to your sister?; que veux-tu que j'y fasse? what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?; le cachet ne m'a rien fait the tablet didn't do anything, the tablet had no effect; ça y fait it has an effect; leur départ ne m'a rien fait their departure didn't affect me at all, their departure left me cold; ça me fait quelque chose de la voir dans cet état it upsets me to see her in that state; ça fait quelque chose pour la grippe? is it any good for flu?; pour ce que ça fait! for all the good it does!; ça ne vous fait rien que je fume? do you mind ou does it bother you if I smoke?; ça ne fait rien à la chose it doesn't alter ou change anything, it makes no difference; qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? what is it to you?;

15 (entraîner, causer) faire des jaloux to make some people jealous; ça a fait leur fortune it made them rich; l'explosion a fait 12 morts the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead; ne t'inquiète pas, ça ne fait rien! don't worry, it doesn't matter!; ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié○ as a result I forgot; ‘qu'est-ce que j'ai fait?’-‘tu as fait que tu as menti○’ ‘what have I done?’-‘you lied, that's what you've done’; faites que tout se passe bien make sure that all goes well;

16 ( transformer) to make; l'armée en a fait un homme the army made a man of him; ils veulent en faire un avocat they want to make a lawyer of him; elle en a fait sa confidente she's made her her confidante; ça a fait de lui un révolté it turned him into a rebel, it made him a rebel; j'en ai fait un principe I made it a principle; faire d'un garage un atelier to make ou turn a garage into a workshop; faire sien qch to make sth one's own;

17 ( proclamer) faire qn duc/général to make sb a duke/general; la presse l'a fait diplomate ( à tort) the press made him out to be a diplomat; ne le fais pas pire qu'il n'est! don't make him out to be worse than he is!, don't paint him blacker than he is!;

18 ( imiter) faire le malade/le courageux to pretend to be ill/brave; faire l'ignorant or celui qui ne sait rien to pretend not to know; faire le dictateur to act the dictator;

19 ( tenir le rôle de) to be; quel plaisantin vous faites! what a joker you are!; vous ferez les voleurs! Jeux you be the robbers!; l'acteur qui fait le roi○ Cin, Théât the actor who plays the part of the king, the actor who is the king;

20 ( dans un souhait) mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! God, please let him succeed!; Dieu or le ciel fasse qu'il ne leur arrive rien! may God ou Heaven protect them!;

21 ○( tromper) il me l'a fait au baratin/chantage he talked/blackmailed me into it; on ne me la fait pas! I'm not a fool!, I wasn't born yesterday!

B vi

1 (agir, procéder) to do, to act; je n'ai pas pu faire autrement I couldn't do otherwise; fais comme tu veux do as you like; elle peut faire mieux she can do better; dans ces situations, il faut faire vite in that sort of situation, one must act quickly; vas-y, mais fais vite! go, but be quick about it!; fais comme chez toi lit, iron make yourself at home;

2 ( paraître) to look; faire jeune/son âge to look young/one's age; ça fait bien avec du bleu it looks nice with blue; tes lunettes font très distingué your glasses make you look very distinguished; il croit que ça fait chic de dire ça he thinks it's chic to say that;

3 ( être) to be; il veut faire pompier he wants to be a fireman;

4 ( dire) to say; ‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle ‘of course,’ she said; le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ the duck says ou goes ‘quack’; faire plouf/aïe etc to go plop/ouch etc;

5 ( durer) to last; sa robe lui a fait deux ans her dress lasted her two years;

6 (+ adverbe de quantité) ça fait cher/grand/trop etc it is expensive/big/too much etc;

7 ( pour les besoins naturels) to go; tu as fait? have you been?; faire dans sa culotte ( déféquer) to dirty one's pants; ( uriner) to wet one's pants; fig to wet oneself;

8 ○ faire avec ( se contenter de) to make do with [personne, objet, quantité]; ( supporter) to put up with [personne, situation]; elle est là, et il faudra faire avec she's here, and we'll have to put up with her.

C se faire vpr

1 (confectionner, exécuter, obtenir pour soi) se faire un café to make oneself a coffee; se faire de l'argent/des amis to make money/friends; se faire ses vêtements to make one's own clothes; se faire la cuisine soi-même to do one's own cooking; combien se fait-il par mois? how much does he make a month? ; se faire un mec◑ to have◑ a man;

2 ( devenir) (+ adjectif attribut) to get, to become; (+ nom attribut) to become; il se fait vieux he's getting old; il se fait tard it's getting late; sa voix se fit dure his/her voice hardened ou became hard; se faire avocat to become a lawyer;

3 ( se rendre) se faire belle/tout petit to make oneself beautiful/very small;

4 ( s'inquiéter) s'en faire to worry; il ne s'en fait pas! ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!;

5 ( s'habituer) se faire à to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]; je ne m'y fais pas I can't get used to it;

6 ( être d'usage) ça se fait encore ici it's still done here; ça ne se fait pas de manger avec les doigts it's not the done thing ou it's not polite to eat with one's fingers;

7 ( être à la mode) [couleur, style] to be in (fashion); le tweed se fait beaucoup cette année tweed is very much in this year; ça ne se fait plus it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion;

8 ( être produit ou accompli) c'est ce qui se fait de mieux it's the best there is; le mariage s'est fait à Paris the wedding took place in Paris; le pont se fera bien un jour the bridge will be built one day; souhaitons que la paix se fasse let's hope there'll be peace;

9 ( emploi impersonnel) il se fit que it (so) happened that; il se fit un grand silence there was complete silence; il s'est fait un déclic dans mon esprit something clicked in my mind; il pourrait se faire que je parte I might leave; comment se fait-il que…? how is it that…?;

10 ( mûrir) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature;

11 ○( supporter) to put up with, to endure [importun]; il faut se le faire, son copain! his/her mate is a real pain○!;

12 ( avec infinitif) se faire couler un bain to run oneself a bath; se faire comprendre to make oneself understood; se faire agresser to get mugged; tu vas te faire écraser! you'll get run over!

[fɛr] verbe transitif

A.[FABRIQUER, RÉALISER]

1. [confectionner - objet, vêtement] to make ; [ - construction] to build ; [ - tableau] to paint ; [ - film] to make ; [ - repas, café] to make, to prepare ; [ - gâteau, pain] to make, to bake ; [ - vin] to make ; [ - bière] to brew

[concevoir - thèse, dissertation] to do

qu'as-tu fait (à manger) pour ce soir ? what have you prepared for dinner ?

c'est elle qui fait ses chansons she writes her own songs

il sait tout faire he can turn his hand to anything

grand-mère est super — oui, on n'en fait plus des comme ça! (familier) grandma's great — yes, they broke the mould when they made her!

2. [produire, vendre]

faire de l'élevage de bétail to breed cattle

faire du blé/de la vigne to grow wheat/grapes

faire une marque/un produit to stock a make/an article

je vous fais les deux à 350 euros (familier) you can have both for 350 euros, I'll take 350 euros for both

3. [obtenir, gagner - bénéfices] to make

faire de l'argent to earn ou to make money

4. [mettre au monde]

faire un enfant to have a child

il lui a fait deux enfants he had two children with her

la chatte a fait des petits the cat has had kittens

5. PHYSIOLOGIE

faire ses besoins (euphémisme) to do one's business

(en usage absolu)

tu as fait ce matin ? did you go to the toilet this morning ?

il a fait dans sa culotte (familier) he messed his pants

B.[ACCOMPLIR, EXÉCUTER]

1. [effectuer - mouvement, signe] to make

[saut périlleux, roue] to do

fais-moi un bisou (familier) /un sourire give me a kiss/a smile

faire la tête ou la gueule (très familier) to sulk

2. [accomplir - choix, erreur, réforme, proposition] to make ; [ - inventaire] to do ; [ - discours] to deliver, to make, to give ; [ - conférence] to give ; [ - exercice] to do ; [ - recherches] to do, to carry out (separable) ; [ - enquête] to carry out (separable)

faire ses études to study

faire son devoir to do one's duty

faire une blague à quelqu'un to play a joke on somebody

faire son lit to make one's bed

la faire à quelqu'un (familier) [plaisanterie]: on ne me la fait pas, à moi! I won't be taken in!

on me l'a déjà faite, celle-là I know that one already

3. [étudier - matière, œuvre] to study, to do

[suivre les cours de]

elle voulait faire l'ENA she wanted to go to the ENA

4. [pratiquer]

faire de la poterie to do pottery

faire de la flûte/du violon to play the flute/the violin

faire de la danse [cours] to go to dance classes

il voulait faire de la danse he wanted to be a dancer

faire de l'équitation/de la natation/de la voile to go horseriding/swimming/sailing

faire du basket/du tennis to play basketball/tennis

5. [écrire - lettre] to write ; [ - contrat, testament] to write, to make

6. [dire] to say

il fit oui/non de la tête he nodded/he shook his head

"non", fit-elle "no", she said

la vache fait "meuh!" the cow goes "moo!"

7. [nettoyer - chambre, vitres] to clean, to do ; [ - chaussures] to polish, to clean

[tapisser, aménager - pièce, maison] to do, to decorate

8. [action non précisée] to do

que fais-tu dans la vie ? what do you do (for a living) ?

je ne t'ai jamais rien fait! I've never done you any harm!

ne faire que: elle ne fait que se plaindre she does nothing but complain

je ne veux rien avoir à faire avec eux! I don't want anything to do with them!

faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: qu'ai-je fait de mes clefs ? what have I done with ou where did I put my keys ?

que fais-tu de mes sentiments dans tout ça ? what about my feelings ?

que vais-je faire de toi ? what am I going to do with you ?

donne-le moi! — non, rien à faire! give it to me! — nothing doing ou no way!

tu lui as parlé ? — oui, mais rien à faire, il ne cédera pas did you talk to him ? — yes, but it's no use, he won't give in

je vais vous raccompagner — n'en faites rien! (soutenu) I'll take you back — there's really no need!

faire avec (familier) to make do

j'apprécie peu sa façon de travailler mais il faut bien faire avec! I don't like the way he works but I suppose I'll just have to put up with it!

faire sans (familier) to (make) do without

autant que faire se peut if possible, as far as possible

n'avoir que faire de: je n'ai que faire de tes conseils I don't need your advice

mais bien sûr, tu n'as que faire de ma carrière! but of course, my career matters very little to you! ou you don't care about my career!

pour ce faire for that

ce faisant in so doing

C.[AVEC IDÉE DE DÉPLACEMENT]

1. [se déplacer à la vitesse de]

le train peut faire jusqu'à 400 km/h the train can do 400 km/h

2. [couvrir - distance]

le Concorde fait Paris-New York en moins de quatre heures Concorde goes ou flies from Paris to New York in less than fours hours

il y a des cars qui font Londres-Glasgow there's a coach service between London and Glasgow

3. [visiter - pays, ville] to do, to go to, to visit

[inspecter, passer au crible]

j'ai fait tous les étages avant de vous trouver I looked on every floor before I found you

j'ai fait tous les hôtels de la ville

a. [j'y suis allé] I did ou went to ou tried every hotel in town

b. [j'ai téléphoné] I called ou did ou tried every hotel in town

faire les antiquaires to go round the antique shops

D.[AVEC IDÉE DE TRANSFORMATION]

1. [nommer]

elle l'a fait baron she gave him the title of Baron, she made him a baron

elle l'a fait chevalier she knighted him

2. [transformer en]

faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: des rats, la fée fit des laquais the fairy changed the rats into footmen

ce feuilleton en a fait une vedette this series made him a star

et ta robe bleue ? — j'en ai fait une jupe what about your blue dress ? — I made it into a skirt

garde les restes, j'en ferai une soupe keep the leftovers, I'll make a soup with them

c'était un tyran et votre livre en fait un héros! he was a tyrant, and your book shows ou presents him as a hero!

3. [devenir]

"cheval" fait "chevaux" au pluriel the plural of "cheval" is "chevaux"

4. [servir de]

une fois plié, le billard fait table the billiard table, when folded, can be used ou can serve as a normal table

un canapé qui fait lit a convertible settee

c'est un hôtel qui fait restaurant it's a hotel with a restaurant

5. [remplir un rôle, une fonction]

il fera un bon mari he'll make ou be a good husband

il fait le Père Noël dans les rues he goes around the streets disguised as Father Christmas

CINÉMA & THÉÂTRE to play the part of, to be

[imiter - personne] to imitate, to take off, to impersonate ; [ - automate, animal] to imitate

ne fais pas l'idiot don't be stupid

ne fais pas l'innocent don't play the innocent, don't come the innocent with me (UK)

il essayait de faire son intéressant he was showing off

E.[INDIQUE UN RÉSULTAT]

1. [provoquer]

faire de la poussière to raise dust

ce charbon fait beaucoup de fumée this coal makes a lot of smoke

ça va faire une marque/une auréole it will leave a mark/a ring

l'accident a fait cinq morts the accident left five dead ou claimed five lives

ce qui fait l'intérêt de son livre what makes his book interesting

faire quelque chose à quelqu'un [l'émouvoir] to move somebody, to affect somebody

la vue du sang ne me fait rien I don't mind the sight of blood, the sight of blood doesn't bother me

si cela ne vous fait rien if you don't mind

faire que: la gravitation, force qui fait que les objets s'attirent gravitation, the force which causes objects to be attracted towards each other

ce qui fait que je suis arrivé en retard which meant I was late

[pour exprimer un souhait]

faites qu'il ne lui arrive rien! please don't let anything happen to him!

2. [importer]

qu'est-ce que cela peut faire? what does it matter ?, so what?

qu'est-ce que cela peut te faire? what's it to (do with) you ?

cela ne fait rien it doesn't matter, never mind

F.[INDIQUE UNE QUALITÉ, UNE FORME, UNE MESURE]

1. [former]

la route fait un coude the road bends

le circuit fait un huit the circuit is (in the shape of) a figure of eight

le tas fait une pyramide the heap looks like a pyramid

2. [coûter] to be, to cost

ça fait combien ? how much is it ?

3. [valoir, égaler] to be, to make

2 et 2 font 4 2 and 2 are 4

ça fait 23 en tout that makes 23 altogether

on a dix euros, ça ne fait pas assez we've got ten euros, that's not enough

4. [mesurer]

il doit bien faire 1 m 90 he must be 1 m 90 tall

[taille, pointure]

je fais du 38 I take size 38

[peser]

je fais 56 kg I weigh ou am 56 kg

5. [indique la durée, le temps]

ça fait deux jours qu'il n'a pas mangé he hasn't eaten for two days

elle a téléphoné, cela fait bien une heure she phoned at least an hour ago

G.[VERBE ATTRIBUTIF]

1. [paraître]

la broche fait bien ou joli ou jolie sur ta robe the brooch looks nice on your dress

elle parle avec un léger accent, il paraît que ça fait bien! she talks with a slight accent, it's supposed to be smart!

ça fait bizarre it looks strange

il me faudrait un nom qui fasse artiste I would need a name which sounds good for an artist

ça fait comment ou quoi de voir son nom sur une affiche? what's it like to see your name on a poster ?

faire son âge to look one's age

2. (familier) [devenir, embrasser la carrière de] to be

je veux faire pompier I want to be a fireman

H.[VERBE DE SUBSTITUTION] (toujours en rappel du verbe utilisé)

range ta chambre — je l'ai déjà fait go and tidy up your room — I've already done it

vous le lui expliquerez mieux que je ne saurais le faire you'll explain it to her better than I could

tu lui écriras ? — oui, je le ferai will you write to him ? — yes I will

puis-je prendre cette chaise ? — (mais) faites donc! (soutenu) may I take this chair ? — please do ou by all means!

————————

[fɛr] verbe intransitif

[agir] to do

fais comme chez toi [à l'arrivée de quelqu'un] make yourself at home

fais comme chez toi, surtout! (ironique) you've got a nerve!, don't mind me! (ironique)

faites comme vous voulez do as you please

fais comme tu veux! [ton irrité] suit yourself!

je le lui ai rendu — tu as bien fait! I gave it back to him — you did the right thing ou you did right!

pourquoi l'as-tu acheté ? — je croyais bien faire! why did you buy it ? — I thought it was a good idea!

tu ferais bien d'y réfléchir you'd do well to ou you should ou you'd better think about it!

pour bien faire, il faudrait réserver aujourd'hui the best thing would be to book today, ideally we should book today

ça commence à bien faire! enough is enough!

————————

[fɛr] verbe impersonnel

1. MÉTÉOROLOGIE

il fait chaud/froid it's hot/cold

il faisait nuit it was dark

il fait (du) soleil the sun is shining

2. (locution)

c'en est fait de (soutenu) : c'en est fait de vous you've had it, you're done for

c'est bien fait pour toi it serves you right

————————

[fɛr] verbe auxiliaire

1. [provoquer une réaction]

tu l'as fait rougir you made her blush

ça me fait dormir it puts ou sends me to sleep

2. [forcer à] to make, to have

fais-moi penser à le lui demander remind me to ask him

faites-le attendre

a. [pour qu'il s'impatiente] let him wait

b. [en lui demandant] ask him to wait

n'essaie pas de me faire croire que... don't try to make ou to have me believe that...

ne me fais pas dire ce que je n'ai pas dit don't put words into my mouth

il me faisait faire ses dissertations he had me write his essays for him

3. [commander de]

fairefaire quelque chose par quelqu'un to have somebody do ou make something, to have something done ou made by somebody

il fait faire ses costumes sur mesure he has his suits tailormade

————————

faire dans verbe plus préposition

(familier)

il ne fait pas dans le détail he doesn't bother about details

son entreprise fait maintenant dans les produits de luxe her company now produces luxury items

————————

se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)

1. [réussir]

elle s'est faite seule she's a self-made woman

2. [se forcer à]

se faire pleurer/vomir to make oneselfcry/vomit

————————

se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)

se faire la guerre to wage war on each other

————————

se faire verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

1. [être à la mode] to be fashionable, to be in fashion

les salopettes ne se font plus dungarees are out of fashion

2. [être convenable]

ça ne se fait pas de demander son âge à une femme it's rude ou it's not done to ask a woman her age

3. [être réalisé]

sans argent le film ne se fera pas without money the film will never be made

les choses se font petit à petit things evolve gradually

je dois signer un nouveau contrat, mais je ne sais pas quand cela va se faire I'm going to sign a new contract, but I don't know when that will be

tu pourrais me prêter 1 500 euros ? — ça pourrait se faire could you lend me 1,500 euros ? — that should be possible

(tournure impersonnelle)

comment se fait-il que... ? how come ou how is it that... ?

il pourrait se faire que... it might ou may be that..., it's possible that...

c'est ce qui se fait de mieux en papiers peints lavables it's the best washable wallpaper available

————————

se faire verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [se former]

les couples se font et se défont people get together and separate

2. (suivi d'un infinitif)

se faire opérer to have an operation

se faire tuer to get killed

se faire couper les cheveux to have one's hair cut

3. [devenir] to become

sa voix se fit plus grave his voice became deeper

s'il arrive à l'heure, je veux bien me faire nonne! (familier) if he arrives on time, I'll eat my hat!

(tournure impersonnelle)

il se fait tard it's getting late

4. [s'améliorer - fromage] to ripen ; [ - vin] to mature

mes chaussures me serrent — elles vont se faire my shoes feel tight — they'll stretch

————————

se faire verbe pronominal transitif

1. [fabriquer]

elle se fait ses vêtements she makes her own clothes

2. [effectuer sur soi]

il se fait ses piqûres seul he gives himself his own injections

je me suis fait une natte I've plaited my hair

[se maquiller]

se faire les ongles to do one's nails

se faire les yeux to make up one's eyes

3. (familier) [gagner]

elle se fait 4000 euros par mois she earns 4,000 euros per month, she gets 4,000 euros every month

4. (familier) [s'accorder]

on se fait un film/un petit café ? what about going to see a film/going for a coffee ?

on s'est fait les trois musées dans la journée we did the three museums in one day

5. (familier) [supporter]

il faut se la faire! she's a real pain!

6. (très familier & argot milieu) [tuer] to kill, to bump off

[agresser] to beat up

7. (vulgaire) [posséder sexuellement] to screw (vulgaire), to lay (vulgaire)

————————

se faire à verbe pronominal plus préposition

to get used to

————————

s'en faire verbe pronominal intransitif

to worry

je ne m'en fais pas pour lui I'm not worried about him

elle s'en souviendra, ne t'en fais pas! she'll remember, don't you worry!

encore au lit ? tu ne t'en fais pas! still in bed ? you're taking it easy, aren't you ?

tu as ouvert mon courrier ? faut pas t'en faire! (familier) you've opened my mail ? you've got some nerve ou don't mind me!

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > faire

6 Artificial Intelligence

   1) Programs and the Complexity of Human Mental Processes

   In my opinion, none of [these programs] does even remote justice to the complexity of human mental processes. Unlike men, "artificially intelligent" programs tend to be single minded, undistractable, and unemotional. (Neisser, 1967, p. 9)

   2) Artificial Intelligence Is an Engineering Discipline

   Future progress in [artificial intelligence] will depend on the development of both practical and theoretical knowledge.... As regards theoretical knowledge, some have sought a unified theory of artificial intelligence. My view is that artificial intelligence is (or soon will be) an engineering discipline since its primary goal is to build things. (Nilsson, 1971, pp. vii-viii)

   3) A Sceptical View of Artificial Intelligence

   Most workers in AI [artificial intelligence] research and in related fields confess to a pronounced feeling of disappointment in what has been achieved in the last 25 years. Workers entered the field around 1950, and even around 1960, with high hopes that are very far from being realized in 1972. In no part of the field have the discoveries made so far produced the major impact that was then promised.... In the meantime, claims and predictions regarding the potential results of AI research had been publicized which went even farther than the expectations of the majority of workers in the field, whose embarrassments have been added to by the lamentable failure of such inﬂated predictions....

   When able and respected scientists write in letters to the present author that AI, the major goal of computing science, represents "another step in the general process of evolution"; that possibilities in the 1980s include an all-purpose intelligence on a human-scale knowledge base; that awe-inspiring possibilities suggest themselves based on machine intelligence exceeding human intelligence by the year 2000 [one has the right to be skeptical]. (Lighthill, 1972, p. 17)

   4) Just as Astronomy Succeeded Astrology, the Discovery of Intellectual Processes in Machines Should Lead to a Science, Eventually

   Just as astronomy succeeded astrology, following Kepler's discovery of planetary regularities, the discoveries of these many principles in empirical explorations on intellectual processes in machines should lead to a science, eventually. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)

   5) Problems in Machine Intelligence Arise Because Things Obvious to Any Person Are Not Represented in the Program

   Many problems arise in experiments on machine intelligence because things obvious to any person are not represented in any program. One can pull with a string, but one cannot push with one.... Simple facts like these caused serious problems when Charniak attempted to extend Bobrow's "Student" program to more realistic applications, and they have not been faced up to until now. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 77)

   6) The Meaning of a Symbolic Description

   What do we mean by [a symbolic] "description"? We do not mean to suggest that our descriptions must be made of strings of ordinary language words (although they might be). The simplest kind of description is a structure in which some features of a situation are represented by single ("primitive") symbols, and relations between those features are represented by other symbols-or by other features of the way the description is put together. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)

   7) The Principle of Artificial Intelligence

   [AI is] the use of computer programs and programming techniques to cast light on the principles of intelligence in general and human thought in particular. (Boden, 1977, p. 5)

   8) Artificial Intelligence Recognizes the Need for Knowledge in Its Systems

   The word you look for and hardly ever see in the early AI literature is the word knowledge. They didn't believe you have to know anything, you could always rework it all.... In fact 1967 is the turning point in my mind when there was enough feeling that the old ideas of general principles had to go.... I came up with an argument for what I called the primacy of expertise, and at the time I called the other guys the generalists. (Moses, quoted in McCorduck, 1979, pp. 228-229)

   9) Artificial Intelligence Is Psychology in a Particularly Pure and Abstract Form

   The basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense. We can now see why this includes psychology and artificial intelligence on a more or less equal footing: people and intelligent computers (if and when there are any) turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. Moreover, with universal hardware, any semantic engine can in principle be formally imitated by a computer if only the right program can be found. And that will guarantee semantic imitation as well, since (given the appropriate formal behavior) the semantics is "taking care of itself" anyway. Thus we also see why, from this perspective, artificial intelligence can be regarded as psychology in a particularly pure and abstract form. The same fundamental structures are under investigation, but in AI, all the relevant parameters are under direct experimental control (in the programming), without any messy physiology or ethics to get in the way. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)

    10) There Are Many Types of Reasoning

   There are many different kinds of reasoning one might imagine:

    Formal reasoning involves the syntactic manipulation of data structures to deduce new ones following prespecified rules of inference. Mathematical logic is the archetypical formal representation. Procedural reasoning uses simulation to answer questions and solve problems. When we use a program to answer What is the sum of 3 and 4? it uses, or "runs," a procedural model of arithmetic. Reasoning by analogy seems to be a very natural mode of thought for humans but, so far, difficult to accomplish in AI programs. The idea is that when you ask the question Can robins ﬂy? the system might reason that "robins are like sparrows, and I know that sparrows can ﬂy, so robins probably can ﬂy."

    Generalization and abstraction are also natural reasoning process for humans that are difficult to pin down well enough to implement in a program. If one knows that Robins have wings, that Sparrows have wings, and that Blue jays have wings, eventually one will believe that All birds have wings. This capability may be at the core of most human learning, but it has not yet become a useful technique in AI.... Meta- level reasoning is demonstrated by the way one answers the question What is Paul Newman's telephone number? You might reason that "if I knew Paul Newman's number, I would know that I knew it, because it is a notable fact." This involves using "knowledge about what you know," in particular, about the extent of your knowledge and about the importance of certain facts. Recent research in psychology and AI indicates that meta-level reasoning may play a central role in human cognitive processing. (Barr & Feigenbaum, 1981, pp. 146-147)

    11) Programs Are Beginning to Do Things That Critics Have Asserted to Be Impossible

   Suffice it to say that programs already exist that can do things-or, at the very least, appear to be beginning to do things-which ill-informed critics have asserted a priori to be impossible. Examples include: perceiving in a holistic as opposed to an atomistic way; using language creatively; translating sensibly from one language to another by way of a language-neutral semantic representation; planning acts in a broad and sketchy fashion, the details being decided only in execution; distinguishing between different species of emotional reaction according to the psychological context of the subject. (Boden, 1981, p. 33)

    12) The Synthesis of Man and Machine

   Can the synthesis of Man and Machine ever be stable, or will the purely organic component become such a hindrance that it has to be discarded? If this eventually happens-and I have... good reasons for thinking that it must-we have nothing to regret and certainly nothing to fear. (Clarke, 1984, p. 243)

    13) The Thesis of Good Old-Fashioned Artificial Intelligence (GOFAI)

   The thesis of GOFAI... is not that the processes underlying intelligence can be described symbolically... but that they are symbolic. (Haugeland, 1985, p. 113)

    14) Artificial Intelligence Provides a Useful Approach to Psychological and Psychiatric Theory Formation

   It is all very well formulating psychological and psychiatric theories verbally but, when using natural language (even technical jargon), it is difficult to recognise when a theory is complete; oversights are all too easily made, gaps too readily left. This is a point which is generally recognised to be true and it is for precisely this reason that the behavioural sciences attempt to follow the natural sciences in using "classical" mathematics as a more rigorous descriptive language. However, it is an unfortunate fact that, with a few notable exceptions, there has been a marked lack of success in this application. It is my belief that a different approach-a different mathematics-is needed, and that AI provides just this approach. (Hand, quoted in Hand, 1985, pp. 6-7)

    15) Four Kinds of Artificial Intelligence

   We might distinguish among four kinds of AI.

   ♦ Nonpsychological AI

   Research of this kind involves building and programming computers to perform tasks which, to paraphrase Marvin Minsky, would require intelligence if they were done by us. Researchers in nonpsychological AI make no claims whatsoever about the psychological realism of their programs or the devices they build, that is, about whether or not computers perform tasks as humans do.

   ♦ Weak Psychological AI

   Research here is guided by the view that the computer is a useful tool in the study of mind. In particular, we can write computer programs or build devices that simulate alleged psychological processes in humans and then test our predictions about how the alleged processes work. We can weave these programs and devices together with other programs and devices that simulate different alleged mental processes and thereby test the degree to which the AI system as a whole simulates human mentality. According to weak psychological AI, working with computer models is a way of refining and testing hypotheses about processes that are allegedly realized in human minds.

   ♦ Strong Psychological AI

... According to this view, our minds are computers and therefore can be duplicated by other computers. Sherry Turkle writes that the "real ambition is of mythic proportions, making a general purpose intelligence, a mind." (Turkle, 1984, p. 240) The authors of a major text announce that "the ultimate goal of AI research is to build a person or, more humbly, an animal." (Charniak & McDermott, 1985, p. 7)

   ♦ Suprapsychological AI

   Research in this field, like strong psychological AI, takes seriously the functionalist view that mentality can be realized in many different types of physical devices. Suprapsychological AI, however, accuses strong psychological AI of being chauvinisticof being only interested in human intelligence! Suprapsychological AI claims to be interested in all the conceivable ways intelligence can be realized. (Flanagan, 1991, pp. 241-242)

    16) Determination of Relevance of Rules in Particular Contexts

   Even if the [rules] were stored in a context-free form the computer still couldn't use them. To do that the computer requires rules enabling it to draw on just those [ rules] which are relevant in each particular context. Determination of relevance will have to be based on further facts and rules, but the question will again arise as to which facts and rules are relevant for making each particular determination. One could always invoke further facts and rules to answer this question, but of course these must be only the relevant ones. And so it goes. It seems that AI workers will never be able to get started here unless they can settle the problem of relevance beforehand by cataloguing types of context and listing just those facts which are relevant in each. (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1986, p. 80)

    17) Form and Content Are Not Fundamentally Different

   Perhaps the single most important idea to artificial intelligence is that there is no fundamental difference between form and content, that meaning can be captured in a set of symbols such as a semantic net. (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)

    18) The Assumption That the Mind Is a Formal System

   Artificial intelligence is based on the assumption that the mind can be described as some kind of formal system manipulating symbols that stand for things in the world. Thus it doesn't matter what the brain is made of, or what it uses for tokens in the great game of thinking. Using an equivalent set of tokens and rules, we can do thinking with a digital computer, just as we can play chess using cups, salt and pepper shakers, knives, forks, and spoons. Using the right software, one system (the mind) can be mapped into the other (the computer). (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)

    19) A Statement of the Primary and Secondary Purposes of Artificial Intelligence

   The primary goal of Artificial Intelligence is to make machines smarter.

   The secondary goals of Artificial Intelligence are to understand what intelligence is (the Nobel laureate purpose) and to make machines more useful (the entrepreneurial purpose). (Winston, 1987, p. 1)

    20) Mathematical Logic Provides the Basis for Theory in AI

   The theoretical ideas of older branches of engineering are captured in the language of mathematics. We contend that mathematical logic provides the basis for theory in AI. Although many computer scientists already count logic as fundamental to computer science in general, we put forward an even stronger form of the logic-is-important argument....

   AI deals mainly with the problem of representing and using declarative (as opposed to procedural) knowledge. Declarative knowledge is the kind that is expressed as sentences, and AI needs a language in which to state these sentences. Because the languages in which this knowledge usually is originally captured (natural languages such as English) are not suitable for computer representations, some other language with the appropriate properties must be used. It turns out, we think, that the appropriate properties include at least those that have been uppermost in the minds of logicians in their development of logical languages such as the predicate calculus. Thus, we think that any language for expressing knowledge in AI systems must be at least as expressive as the first-order predicate calculus. (Genesereth & Nilsson, 1987, p. viii)

    21) Perceptual Structures Can Be Represented as Lists of Elementary Propositions

   In artificial intelligence studies, perceptual structures are represented as assemblages of description lists, the elementary components of which are propositions asserting that certain relations hold among elements. (Chase & Simon, 1988, p. 490)

    22) Definitions of Artificial Intelligence

   Artificial intelligence (AI) is sometimes defined as the study of how to build and/or program computers to enable them to do the sorts of things that minds can do. Some of these things are commonly regarded as requiring intelligence: offering a medical diagnosis and/or prescription, giving legal or scientific advice, proving theorems in logic or mathematics. Others are not, because they can be done by all normal adults irrespective of educational background (and sometimes by non-human animals too), and typically involve no conscious control: seeing things in sunlight and shadows, finding a path through cluttered terrain, fitting pegs into holes, speaking one's own native tongue, and using one's common sense. Because it covers AI research dealing with both these classes of mental capacity, this definition is preferable to one describing AI as making computers do "things that would require intelligence if done by people." However, it presupposes that computers could do what minds can do, that they might really diagnose, advise, infer, and understand. One could avoid this problematic assumption (and also side-step questions about whether computers do things in the same way as we do) by defining AI instead as "the development of computers whose observable performance has features which in humans we would attribute to mental processes." This bland characterization would be acceptable to some AI workers, especially amongst those focusing on the production of technological tools for commercial purposes. But many others would favour a more controversial definition, seeing AI as the science of intelligence in general-or, more accurately, as the intellectual core of cognitive science. As such, its goal is to provide a systematic theory that can explain (and perhaps enable us to replicate) both the general categories of intentionality and the diverse psychological capacities grounded in them. (Boden, 1990b, pp. 1-2)

    23) The Computer Can Not Be a Model of the Mind

   Because the ability to store data somewhat corresponds to what we call memory in human beings, and because the ability to follow logical procedures somewhat corresponds to what we call reasoning in human beings, many members of the cult have concluded that what computers do somewhat corresponds to what we call thinking. It is no great difficulty to persuade the general public of that conclusion since computers process data very fast in small spaces well below the level of visibility; they do not look like other machines when they are at work. They seem to be running along as smoothly and silently as the brain does when it remembers and reasons and thinks. On the other hand, those who design and build computers know exactly how the machines are working down in the hidden depths of their semiconductors. Computers can be taken apart, scrutinized, and put back together. Their activities can be tracked, analyzed, measured, and thus clearly understood-which is far from possible with the brain. This gives rise to the tempting assumption on the part of the builders and designers that computers can tell us something about brains, indeed, that the computer can serve as a model of the mind, which then comes to be seen as some manner of information processing machine, and possibly not as good at the job as the machine. (Roszak, 1994, pp. xiv-xv)

    24) Computers Will Not Always Be Inferior to Human Brains

   The inner workings of the human mind are far more intricate than the most complicated systems of modern technology. Researchers in the field of artificial intelligence have been attempting to develop programs that will enable computers to display intelligent behavior. Although this field has been an active one for more than thirty-five years and has had many notable successes, AI researchers still do not know how to create a program that matches human intelligence. No existing program can recall facts, solve problems, reason, learn, and process language with human facility. This lack of success has occurred not because computers are inferior to human brains but rather because we do not yet know in sufficient detail how intelligence is organized in the brain. (Anderson, 1995, p. 2)

Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Artificial Intelligence

7 ποιέω

ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities.

① to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261).

ⓐ of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21.

ⓑ of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, Fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and Fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν= appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l.

② to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc.

ⓐ ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. 12bc. This illustrates the transition to

ⓑ do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11.

ⓒ of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a).

ⓓ used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1.

ⓔ what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὸ̔ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὸ̔ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage² 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.² 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping? Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὸ̔ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18; TestJob 7:13).

ⓕ of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. bα) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13; GJs 6:2. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2 (JosAs 20:6).—Keep, celebrate (PFay 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cp. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια).

ⓖ of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., Plant. 1, 4, 819b, 31; 2, 10, 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1aα]) Mt 3:10; 7:17ab, 18, 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43ab; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also in imagery Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 50 ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of a person who operates w. capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l.

ⓗ with focus on causality

α. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom. et al.; also ins [SIG IV p. 510a index], pap, LXX; TestJob 3:7; 42:6; ParJer 9:16f; ApcMos 16; Just., A I, 26, 5, D. 69, 6; 114, 1; Ath. 13, 2) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cp. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 ( force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cp. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 20 [Stone p. 68] ποίησον ἵνα φαγῶμεν) J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12 (s. B-D-F §400, 7).

β. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (Hom. et al.; LXX; ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 38, 32 Tdf. λίθους ἄρτους ποιήσας; Mel., P. 68, 494 ποιήσας ἡμᾶς ἱεράτευμα καινόν), make someone or someth. (into) someth. W. noun as predicate acc.: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cp. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cp. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cp. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and s. B-D-F §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10. Cp. 5b.—W. adj. as predicate acc.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36. Cp. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν; Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18.—Cp. use of the mid. 7b below.

γ. w. adv. of place send outside ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα put someone out (=send outside; cp. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34.

③ to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit

ⓐ do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὸ̔ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a.

ⓑ do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGoranson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג).

ⓒ do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2.

ⓓ The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e.

ⓔ The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47.

④ to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person:

ⓐ neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2.

ⓑ to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod S 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8).

ⓒ to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31.

ⓓ w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιί̈α 1).

ⓔ w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26.

⑤ do, make, with variations in specialized expressions

ⓐ get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1.

ⓑ of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 33b.

ⓒ w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/250 B.C.]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor 137, 7 [III A.D.] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGen 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη).

ⓓ καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.= please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι).

ⓔ αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills.

⑥ to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24.

⑦ make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid.

ⓐ mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1b; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ.̀ περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ.̀ ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d.

ⓑ w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ποιέω

8 מוקצה

מוּקְצֶהm. (Part. Hof. of קָצָה) (cut off, set aside, stored away, 1) a space back of the dwelling, containing stored up wood, cattle in sheds Erub.II, 3; ib. 22a. Ib. X, 8. Bets.IV, 1 עצים שבמ׳ wood in the muktseh (stored for the winter); a. e. 2) store of fruits. Maasr. III, 2. Ib. I, 5 עד שיעשה מ׳ until the melon is stored away. Y.Ter.II, 41d top היה נוטל … מן המ׳ עלוכ׳ he took ten dry figs from the storage as tithes for ninety in the basket (designated for immediate use, v. כַּלְכָּלָה); (Men.54b; 55a מקצוע). 3) (sub. כלי) the tool specially intended ( for cutting figs). Shebi. VIII, 6, v. חַרְבָּה; (Maim. the shed where figs are spread for drying.. 4) an animal set aside ( in a shed) for a sacrifice. Tem.28b מ׳ לשבע שנים set aside until it would be seven years old. Ib. 29a מניין למ׳ מן התורה where in the Torah is muktseh intimated? (misunderstood by Abbaye as meaning, ‘where is it intimated that an animal must be kept in an enclosed space for some time before it can be offered on the altar?and corrected as meaning, ‘where is it intimated that an animal designated for idolatry is forbidden for the Jewish altar?).Tosef.Ab. Zar. V (VI), 10 איזה מ׳ מ׳ לע״זוכ׳ what is meant by m. (as forbidden for the altar)? That which has been set aside (in a special place designated for the purpose) for idolatrous use, but if one merely devoted it by word of mouth Tem.VI, 1. Tosef. l. c. 9 מאימתי נקרא מ׳ משנעשהוכ׳ when is an animal called m. (for idolatry)? From the time that an act (of dedication) has been done with it; Tem.29a אין מ׳ אסור אלא עד שיעבדו (בו) (v. Rashia first interpret.; second interpret.) a m. remains forbidden only until it has been used for some work (whereby its designation for the idolatrous altar is annulled). Ib. אין מ׳ אסור … מעשה a m. remains forbidden only until some act (as shearing its wool or some work) has been done with it; a. e. 4) (Sabbath law) muktseh, that which is not counted on for use on the Sabbath or Holy Day (v. מוּכָן s. v. כּוּן, a. הַזְמָנָה); forbidden for use or handling. Bets.2a מאי טעמייהו דב״ש מ׳ הוא what reason had Beth Shammai (to permit the egg laid on the Holy Day by a hen which is kept for laying eggs and can, therefore, not be used for consumption on that day)? Is it not muktseh? Ib. דאית ליה מ׳ אית ליה נולד he who forbids m. forbids also nolad (v. יָלַד). Sabb.44a מ׳ מחמת מיאוס not counted on (and therefore forbidden to handle) on account of its repulsiveness (e. g. an old clay candlestick); מ׳ מחמת איסור m. in consequence of a ritual prohibition (e. g. a candlestick which on the entrance of the Sabbath could not be moved because a light was burning on it). Ib. 157a מ׳ מחמת חסרון כיס not counted on for use on the Sabbath because the object is too expensive for a use for which it is not originally made; a. fr.Pl. מוּקְצִים, מוּקְצִין set apart, chosen. Sifré Num. 85 (ref. to בקצה, Num. 11:1) במ׳ שבהם the fire seized the distinguished among them (with ref. to קצין, Jud. 11:11; Yalk. Num. 732 בקצינים). Fem. מוּקְצָה, pl. מוּקְצוֹת. Sabb.43b והא מ׳ נינהו are they not muktseh (because they are not intended for human food)?

Jewish literature > מוקצה

9 מוּקְצֶה

מוּקְצֶהm. (Part. Hof. of קָצָה) (cut off, set aside, stored away, 1) a space back of the dwelling, containing stored up wood, cattle in sheds Erub.II, 3; ib. 22a. Ib. X, 8. Bets.IV, 1 עצים שבמ׳ wood in the muktseh (stored for the winter); a. e. 2) store of fruits. Maasr. III, 2. Ib. I, 5 עד שיעשה מ׳ until the melon is stored away. Y.Ter.II, 41d top היה נוטל … מן המ׳ עלוכ׳ he took ten dry figs from the storage as tithes for ninety in the basket (designated for immediate use, v. כַּלְכָּלָה); (Men.54b; 55a מקצוע). 3) (sub. כלי) the tool specially intended ( for cutting figs). Shebi. VIII, 6, v. חַרְבָּה; (Maim. the shed where figs are spread for drying.. 4) an animal set aside ( in a shed) for a sacrifice. Tem.28b מ׳ לשבע שנים set aside until it would be seven years old. Ib. 29a מניין למ׳ מן התורה where in the Torah is muktseh intimated? (misunderstood by Abbaye as meaning, ‘where is it intimated that an animal must be kept in an enclosed space for some time before it can be offered on the altar?and corrected as meaning, ‘where is it intimated that an animal designated for idolatry is forbidden for the Jewish altar?).Tosef.Ab. Zar. V (VI), 10 איזה מ׳ מ׳ לע״זוכ׳ what is meant by m. (as forbidden for the altar)? That which has been set aside (in a special place designated for the purpose) for idolatrous use, but if one merely devoted it by word of mouth Tem.VI, 1. Tosef. l. c. 9 מאימתי נקרא מ׳ משנעשהוכ׳ when is an animal called m. (for idolatry)? From the time that an act (of dedication) has been done with it; Tem.29a אין מ׳ אסור אלא עד שיעבדו (בו) (v. Rashia first interpret.; second interpret.) a m. remains forbidden only until it has been used for some work (whereby its designation for the idolatrous altar is annulled). Ib. אין מ׳ אסור … מעשה a m. remains forbidden only until some act (as shearing its wool or some work) has been done with it; a. e. 4) (Sabbath law) muktseh, that which is not counted on for use on the Sabbath or Holy Day (v. מוּכָן s. v. כּוּן, a. הַזְמָנָה); forbidden for use or handling. Bets.2a מאי טעמייהו דב״ש מ׳ הוא what reason had Beth Shammai (to permit the egg laid on the Holy Day by a hen which is kept for laying eggs and can, therefore, not be used for consumption on that day)? Is it not muktseh? Ib. דאית ליה מ׳ אית ליה נולד he who forbids m. forbids also nolad (v. יָלַד). Sabb.44a מ׳ מחמת מיאוס not counted on (and therefore forbidden to handle) on account of its repulsiveness (e. g. an old clay candlestick); מ׳ מחמת איסור m. in consequence of a ritual prohibition (e. g. a candlestick which on the entrance of the Sabbath could not be moved because a light was burning on it). Ib. 157a מ׳ מחמת חסרון כיס not counted on for use on the Sabbath because the object is too expensive for a use for which it is not originally made; a. fr.Pl. מוּקְצִים, מוּקְצִין set apart, chosen. Sifré Num. 85 (ref. to בקצה, Num. 11:1) במ׳ שבהם the fire seized the distinguished among them (with ref. to קצין, Jud. 11:11; Yalk. Num. 732 בקצינים). Fem. מוּקְצָה, pl. מוּקְצוֹת. Sabb.43b והא מ׳ נינהו are they not muktseh (because they are not intended for human food)?

Jewish literature > מוּקְצֶה

10 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

11 dicho

adj.

the aforementioned, aforementioned, this, aforesaid.

intj.

I meant what I said.

m.

saying, adage, aphorism, byword.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: decir.

* * *

dicho

► nombre masculino

1 saying, proverb

► nombre masculino plural

————————

dicho

► participio pasado

1→ link=decir decir

► adjetivo

1 said, mentioned

■ dicha casa... the said house...

■ dicho esto se marchó having said this he left

► nombre masculino dicho

1 saying, proverb

► nombre masculino plural dichos

1 betrothal sing

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho there's many a slip twixt cup and lip, it's easier said than done

dicho de otro modo to put it another way, in other words

dicho sea de paso let it be said in passing

dicho y hecho no sooner said than done

lo dicho what we (I, you, etc) said

propiamente dicho,-a strictly speaking

* * *

noun m.

saying

* * *

1.

VB [pp] de decir

o dicho de otro modo... — or, putting it another way,..., or, in other words...

con esto queda todo dicho — that says it all

bueno, lo dicho — OK, then

• dejar algo dicho, le dejó dicho lo que tenía que hacer antes de irse — she gave him instructions as to what he should do before leaving

antes de morir dejó dicho que la casa era para su hijo — before dying he gave instructions for the house to go to his son

• dicho y hecho — no sooner said than done

• o mejor dicho — or rather

• dicho sea de paso — incidentally, by the way
propiamente 1)
2.

ADJ (=este) this

quieren reformar la ley y para dicho propósito... — they wish to reform the law and to this end...

y en la cuarta de dichas cartas... — and in the fourth of these letters...

vamos a hablar de Cáceres: dicha ciudad fue construida en... — and now we come to Caceres: the city was built in...

dicha compañía fue disuelta en 1994 — this o the said company was dissolved in 1994

3. SM

1) (=máxima popular) saying

como dice el dicho — as the saying goes

- del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho

2) (=comentario) remark

un dicho desafortunado — an unfortunate remark

3) pl dichos (Rel) betrothal pledge

tomarse los dichos — to exchange promises of marriage

* * *
I
- cha participio pasado [ver tb decir 2]

dicho esto, se fue — having said this, he left

con eso queda todo dicho — that says it all

me remito a lo dicho antes — I refer to what was said before

bueno, lo dicho, nos vemos el domingo — oright, that's settled then, I'll see you on Sunday

eso no se hace, te lo tengo dicho — I've told you before, you mustn't do that

¿le quiere dejar algo dicho? — (CS) do you want to leave a message for her?

dicho así parece fácil — if you put it like that it sounds easy

dicho de otro modo — to put it another way, in other words

dicho sea de paso — incidentally, by the way

dijo que ella lo prepararía y dicho y hecho! en diez minutos estaba listo — she said she would get it ready and, sure enough, ten minutes later there it was

me quedan tres días, mejor dicho, dos y medio — I have three, or rather, two and a half days left

propiamente dicho — strictly speaking

la pintura cubista propiamente dicha — Cubist painting in the strict sense of the term
II
- cha adjetivo demostrativo (frml)

en dichas cuidades... — in these cities...

dichos documentos deben presentarse inmediatamente — the above o (frml) said documents must be submitted immediately

no existía dicha dirección — there was no such address
III
masculino saying

como dice el dicho — as the saying goes

del dicho al hecho va or hay mucho trecho — it's one thing to say something and another to actually do it

* * *
I
- cha participio pasado [ver tb decir 2]

dicho esto, se fue — having said this, he left

con eso queda todo dicho — that says it all

me remito a lo dicho antes — I refer to what was said before

bueno, lo dicho, nos vemos el domingo — oright, that's settled then, I'll see you on Sunday

eso no se hace, te lo tengo dicho — I've told you before, you mustn't do that

¿le quiere dejar algo dicho? — (CS) do you want to leave a message for her?

dicho así parece fácil — if you put it like that it sounds easy

dicho de otro modo — to put it another way, in other words

dicho sea de paso — incidentally, by the way

dijo que ella lo prepararía y dicho y hecho! en diez minutos estaba listo — she said she would get it ready and, sure enough, ten minutes later there it was

me quedan tres días, mejor dicho, dos y medio — I have three, or rather, two and a half days left

propiamente dicho — strictly speaking

la pintura cubista propiamente dicha — Cubist painting in the strict sense of the term
II
- cha adjetivo demostrativo (frml)

en dichas cuidades... — in these cities...

dichos documentos deben presentarse inmediatamente — the above o (frml) said documents must be submitted immediately

no existía dicha dirección — there was no such address
III
masculino saying

como dice el dicho — as the saying goes

del dicho al hecho va or hay mucho trecho — it's one thing to say something and another to actually do it

* * *

dicho¹

¹ = adage, dictum [dicta, -pl.], utterance, wise saying, old saying, saying, saw, refrain.

Ex: But now she was beginning to wonder if there was any truth to the old adage that 'It's not what you know, but who you know'.

Ex: John Ward's dictum was that 'deprivation is as much a lack of information and the knowledge to use it as it is of the basic essentials'.

Ex: One natural strategy for reducing the impact of miscommunication is selective verification of the user utterance meanings.

Ex: Stories range from one-sentence statements we call jokes and wise sayings, through gossip to the most profound and complicated structures we call novels and poems and plays.

Ex: Chapters include drinking and moonshine, courting, old cures and remedies, fishing and hunting, plus a chapter of pithy quotes and old sayings.

Ex: 'Practice makes perfect' is a saying that can be applied to reading.

Ex: And his life confirms the famous old saw: No man is a prophet in his own land.

Ex: The importance of the right to information or the right to know is an increasingly constant refrain in the mouths of academics, the media and governments.

* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done, There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.

* dicho bíblico = biblical saying.

* dicho familiar = familiar saying.

* dicho favorito = catchphrase.

* dicho gracioso = witticism, quip.

* dicho ingenioso = witticism, quip.

* dicho popular = adage, wise saying, old saying, saying, familiar saying, saw.

* dicho preferido = catchphrase.

* dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.

* dichos sabios = nuggets of wisdom.

* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran tr = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.

* entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.

dicho²

² = stated.

Ex: Throughout, the code is based upon clearly stated principles.

* bien dicho = amen to that!.

* cuatro verdades bien dichas = home truth.

* del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = actions speak louder than words, many a slip between the cup and the lip.

* dicho anteriormente, lo = foregoing, the.

* dicho de otro modo = in other words, said differently.

* dicho esto = that said.

* dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.

* dicho sea a su favor = to + Posesivo + credit.

* dicho sea de paso = by the way, on a sidenote, by the by(e).

* dicho sucintamente = economically told.

* dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.

* la verdad sea dicha = to tell the truth.

* la verdad sea dicha que = if the truth be told.

* o mejor dicho = or rather.

* propiamente dicho = proper, properly.

* ¿Qué ha dicho? = I beg your pardon?.

* título propiamente dicho = title proper.

* verdaderamente dicho = in disguise.

dicho³

= such.

Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.

* * *

dicho¹ - cha

pp

[ ver tb decir² (↑ decir (2)) ] dicho esto, recogió sus cosas y abandonó la sala having said this o ( frml) so saying, he picked up his things and left the room

con eso queda todo dicho that says it all

me remito a lo dicho en la última reunión I refer to what was said at the last meeting

bueno, lo dicho, nos vemos el domingo right, that's settled then, I'll see you on Sunday

eso no se hace, te lo tengo dicho how often do I have to tell you not to do that?, I've told you before, you mustn't do that

¿le quiere dejar algo dicho? (CS); do you want to leave a message for her?

dicho así parece fácil if you put it like that it sounds easy

dicho de otro modo to put it another way, in other words

dicho sea de paso incidentally, by the way

y, dicho sea de paso, se portó muy bien con él and, I have to say o it has to be said, she was very good to him

y ella, que dicho sea de paso todavía me debe los 500 pesos, … and she, who incidentally still owes me the 500 pesos, …

dijo que ella lo prepararía y ¡dicho y hecho! en diez minutos estaba listo she said she would get it ready and, what do you know? o ( BrE) hey presto, ten minutes later there it was

yo dije que se iba a caer y ¡dicho y hecho! se hizo añicos I said it was going to fall and, the next minute, it smashed o and, no sooner had I said it than it smashed

me quedan tres días, mejor dicho, dos y medio I have three, or rather, two and a half days left

propiamente dicho strictly speaking

no es un cereal propiamente dicho it is not, strictly speaking, a cereal

la pintura cubista propiamente dicha Cubist painting in the strict sense of the term

dicho² - cha

adj dem

( frml):

excepto en Guayaquil y Quito: en dichas ciudades … except in Guayaquil and Quito: in these cities …

dichos documentos deben presentarse inmediatamente the above documents must be submitted immediately, said documents must be submitted immediately ( frml)

no existía dicha dirección there was no such address

dicho³

masculine

saying

como dice el dicho as the saying goes

del dicho al hecho va or hay mucho trecho it's one thing to say something and another to actually do it, there's many a slip twixt cup and lip

* * *

Del verbo decir: ( conjugate decir)

dicho es:

el participio

Multiple Entries:
decir
dicho
decir 1 sustantivo masculino:
◊ ¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un dicho hundreds of people? — well, figuratively speaking

decir 2 ( conjugate decir) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹palabra/frase/poema› to say;

‹mentira/verdad› to tell;
para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2
◊ no digas estupideces don't talk nonsense!;

¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?;
¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!;
dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded;
no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve';
¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!;
¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? how do you say `love' in Russian?;
¿lo encontró? — dice que sí/no did he find it? — he says he did/he didn't
b)

◊ decir misa to say mass

2 dichole algo a algn to tell sb sth;
◊ voy a dichole a papá que … I'm going to tell Dad …;

¡ya te lo decía yo! I told you so!
3
a) (expresando órdenes, deseos, advertencias):

◊ ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!;

harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say;
dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there;
dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful;
diles que empiecen tell them to start;
le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it
b)

◊ dicho(le) adiós (a algn) to say goodbye (to sb)

4
a) (opinar, pensar) to think;

◊ ¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?;

¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?;
es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …
b) (sugerir, comunicar):

◊ el tiempo lo dirá time will tell;

¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?
5
◊ querer decir [palabra/persona] to mean;

¿qué quieres dicho con eso? what do you mean by that?
6 ( en locs)
◊ a decir verdad to tell you the truth, to be honest;

como quien dice so to speak;
es decir that is;
¡he dicho! that's that o final!;
ni que decir tiene que … it goes without saying that …;
¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq);
por así decirlo so to speak;
el qué dirán (fam) what other people (might) think;
ver tb dicho 1
verbo intransitivo
a) ( invitando a hablar):

◊ papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?;

quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead
b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?

decirse verbo pronominal
a) ( refl) to say … to oneself

b) ( recípr) to say …. to each other;

◊ se decían secretos al oído they were whispering secrets to each other

dicho 1
◊ - cha pp ver tb decir 2: dicho esto, se fue having said this, he left;

con eso queda todo dicho that says it all;
dicho de otro modo to put it another way, in other words;
dicho sea de paso incidentally, by the way;
y ¡dicho y hecho! en diez minutos estaba listo and, sure enough, ten minutes later there it was
■ adj dem (frml): en dichas ciudades … in these cities …;
dicha información that information;
dichos documentos (en escrito, documento) the above o (frml) said documents
dicho 2 sustantivo masculino
saying
decir
I m (dicho, sentencia) saying: es sólo un decir, it's just a manner of speaking
II verbo transitivo
1 to say: está diciendo una mentira/la verdad, she's telling a lie/the truth
no dijo nada, he said nothing
2 (con complemento indirecto) to tell: no le dije mi opinión, I didn't tell him my opinion
les dijo que esperaran un rato, she told them to wait for a while
3 (opinar, afirmar, proponer) ¿qué me dices de mi nuevo corte de pelo?, what do you think of my new haircut?, te digo que es una extravagancia, I think it's quite weird
yo digo que vayamos a Cuenca, I suggest going to Cuenca
4 (suscitar interés, una idea) to mean, appeal: ese libro no me dice nada, that book doesn't appeal to me
¿le dice algo esta cara?, does this face mean anything to you?
5 (mostrar, indicar) to say, show: lo que hizo dice mucho en su favor, what he did says a lot for him
su cara de decepción lo dice todo, his long face says it all
♦ Locuciones: Tel Esp diga o dígame, hello?
digamos, let's say
digo yo, in my opinion
el qué dirán, what people will say
es decir, that is (to say)
ni que decir tiene, needless to say
no decir esta boca es mía, not to say a word
¡no me digas!, really!
por así decirlo, as it were o so to speak
querer decir, to mean
¡y que lo digas!, you bet! ➣ Ver nota en mean
¿To tell o to say?
Observa que to tell menciona a la persona a la cual va dirigida una frase: Dime tu nombre. Tell me your name. Les dijo que se fueran. He told them to go away.
Por el contrario, to say se centra en el contenido del mensaje, sin importarnos a quién va dirigido: ¿Qué has dicho? What did you say? Dijo que sí. He said yes. ➣ Ver nota en tell.
dicho,-a
I adjetivo
1 said, mentioned: ya os lo tengo dicho, I've told you before
dicho de otro modo, in other words
2 (mencionado con anterioridad) dicha publicación, the above-mentioned publication
II m (refrán, sentencia) saying
♦ Locuciones: dicho y hecho, no sooner said than done
mejor dicho, or rather

' dicho' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
actual
- bastar
- ciudad
- coña
- coordinador
- coordinadora
- decir
- dejar
- desvarío
- dicha
- diversa
- diverso
- frase
- maldad
- mamarrachada
- molesta
- molesto
- mu
- necedad
- picardía
- propiamente
- reafirmarse
- sentencia
- tal
- tata
- tener
- vez
- arrepentido
- bien
- cómo
- deber
- estupidez
- haber
- impertinencia
- indiscreción
- ingenioso
- injusticia
- insensatez
- insolencia
- lengua
- ligereza
- limitar
- majadería
- mejor
- mentiroso
- mirar
- mucho
- negar
- paso
- pavada
English:
actual
- bird
- but
- do
- proper
- rather
- recollect
- said
- say
- saying
- should
- soon
- take back
- what
- witticism
- word
- go
- hear
- message
- ought
- point
- something
- well
- wish

* * *

dicho, -a

♦ participio
ver decir
♦ adj

said, aforementioned;

dichos individuos… the said o aforesaid individuals…;

recibió un paquete, dicho paquete contenía… she received a parcel, and this parcel contained…;

lo dicho no significa que… having said this, it does not mean (that)…;

de lo dicho se desprende que… from what has been said one gathers that…;

o mejor dicho or rather;

dicho y hecho no sooner said than done;

dejar dicho to leave word;

dejé dicho que no me molestaran I left word that I was not to be disturbed;
RP
¿quiere dejarle algo dicho? [al teléfono] can I take a message?;

lo dicho: lo dicho, no voy a ir like I said, I'm not going to go;

lo dicho, os veré en el cine ok then, I'll see you at the cinema

♦ nm

saying;

como dice o [m5]reza el dicho,… as the saying goes,…;

Prov

del dicho al hecho hay mucho o [m5] un gran trecho there's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip

* * *

dicho

I part → decir

II adj said

III m saying;

del dicho al hecho hay gran trecho easier said than done

* * *

dicho pp decir

dicho, - cha adj

: said, aforementioned

dicho nm

decir: saying, proverb

* * *

dicho n saying

Spanish-English dictionary > dicho

12 Allah

"1. Allah, God. 2. How wonderful! Really! -ım! My God! -tan 1. luckily, fortunately. 2. from birth. - acısın. May God have pity on him./Only God can help him. - (acısını) unutturmasın. May God spare you from a greater sorrow (said when one is subjected to a great loss or grief). - adamı man of God. - akıllar/akıl fikir versin. colloq. Where is your good sense? l am surprised at you/him. -ü âlem 1. probably. 2. maybe. 3. God knows. - Allah! 1. colloq. Goodness gracious!/How strange! 2. a Turkish battle cry. - aratmasın. May God spare you from having to get along without what you now have (said when one is discontented). - artırsın. May God grant you prosperity. - aşkına! colloq. 1. For heaven´s sake. l beg you. 2. How wonderful! - bağışlasın. God bless him/her (a child, a loved one, etc.). - bana, ben de sana. colloq. I´ll pay you my debt when l can get some money. -ın belası 1. nuisance, pest. 2. pestiferous, pesky. - belanı versin/vermesin. colloq. God damn you! - belasını versin. colloq. Damn him! - beterinden esirgesin/saklasın. May God protect you/him from worse trouble. - bilir. colloq. Only God knows./It´s hard to say. - bilir.... It seems to me.... -ın bildiğini kuldan ne saklayayım? colloq. What´s the use of making a secret of it? -a bin şükür. Thank God. -ın binasını yıkmak to commit murder or suicide. - bir! By the one God! -a bir can borcu var. colloq. He has nothing so he has no scruples. - bir dediğinden başka/gayri sözüne inanılmaz. colloq. He is a habitual liar. - bir, söz bir. colloq. I give my word on it. - bir yastıkta kocatsın. May you have a happy life together (said to a newly married couple). -tan bulmak to get one´s just deserts from God. -ından bulsun. colloq. Let God punish him. - büyüktür. 1. Some day God will right the wrong that has been done to us. 2. God is sure to punish him some day for what he has done. - canını alsın/almasın. colloq. God damn you. - cezanı versin/vermesin. colloq. God damn you. -ın cezası damn, damned. -ı çok, insanı az bir yer a deserted place. - derim. colloq. All l can say is O God. - dört gözden ayırmasın. /ı/ May God save (this child) from being an orphan. - düşmanıma vermesin. colloq. I wouldn´t wish it on my worst enemy. - ecir sabır versin. May God give you/him patience (said in condolence). - eksik etmesin. May we not suffer his loss. I am very grateful for what he has done. - eksikliğini göstermesin. I am grateful for it anyway. -a emanet. May God protect him. -a emanet etmek /ı/ to leave the rest to God (said after sending off someone one has nurtured or a work one has prepared). -a emanet olun. Good-bye (said by one who is leaving). - emeklerini eline vermesin. May you enjoy the fruit of your labor. -ın emri, Peygamberin kavliyle according to the command of God and the word of the Prophet (said in asking a family for their daughter as a bride). - esirgesin/saklasın. God forbid. - etmesin. God forbid. - evi place of worship. -ın evi the heart of man. - gani gani rahmet eylesin. May God have abundant mercy upon him (said for a dead person). -ın gazabı a scourge of God. - gecinden versin. May God ordain it to be late (used when mentioning death). - göstermesin! colloq. God forbid! -ın günü every single day, every darn day (said in exasperation or impatience). - hakkı için in God´s name. -a havale etmek /ı/ to leave (punishment, revenge) to God. - hayırlı etsin. May God turn it to good. - herkesin gönlüne göre versin. May God grant the wishes of everyone. -ın hikmeti something incredible, something extraordinary, something miraculous. -ın hikmeti! colloq. Incredible!/Extraordinary!/God be praised!/It´s a miracle! - hoşnut olsun. God bless you (for your kindness to me). - ıslah etsin. May God mend his ways. -a ısmarladık. Good-bye (said by the person leaving). - için truly, to be fair. - imdat eylesin. colloq. May God help you. - (seni) inandırsın.... Believe me.... - isterse if possible, if

Saja Türkçe - İngilizce Sözlük > Allah

13 עבד

עָבַד(b. h.) ( to work) 1) to serve, work for. Gitt.IV, 5 עוֹבֵד את רבווכ׳ works one day for his master, and one for himself; a. fr. Esp. to do priestly service. Ḥull.24b אחיו הכהנים … לַעֲבוֹדוכ׳ his brother priests allow him not to serve, until he is twenty years of age. 2) to prepare; to till the ground; to dress (hides). Gen. R. s. 22 קין עובד אדמה Cain the tiller of the ground. Y.Ab. Zar. II, 41b bot. גוי עוֹבְדָן; Tosef. ib. IV (V), 10 עוֹבְדוֹ, v. דָּבַב I; (Bab. ib. 33a עיבדן). Y.Sabb.I, 4b top נתן כלים … ומצאו עובד בווכ׳ if one gave a gentile garments to wash, and found him working at them on the Sabbath; a. fr.Part. pass. עָבוּד, pl. עֲבוּדִין dressed, v. infra. 3) (v. עֲבוֹדָה) to use esp. for idolatrous purposes; to worship. Tem.VI, 1, v. infra. Ab. Zar. III, 7 (defining אשרה) כל שעוֹבְדִין אותה a tree which is itself worshipped (not one at which idolatrous rites are performed). Ib. הואיל … הן עובדין since they worship merely the image (under the tree). Snh.VII, 6 העובדע״ז אחד העובדוכ׳ he who worships an idol, whether he goes through the regular forms of that particular worship (v. ib. 60b), or sacrifices Ab. Zar. III, 5 העכומ״ז העובדיןוכ׳ as to idolaters that worship mountains and hills (as deities), they (the territories) may be used, but what is on them is forbidden. Ib. 45b אילן … ולבסוף עֲבָדוֹ if one planted a tree and afterwards made it a subject of worship. Ib. 46a ועוֹבְדֵיהֶן בסייף and those (Jews) who worship them are put to death by the sword; Tosef. ib. VI (VII), 8. Sabb.56b אילמלי לא … ולא עָבְדוּ ישראלע״א had David not listened to evil gossip (against Mephibosheth), … Israel would not have worshipped idols (under Jeroboam). Ib. 105b עד שיאמר לו עֲבוֹדע״ז until he (the tempter) finally tells him, worship idols; Tosef.B. Kam. IX, 31. Ḥull.13b נכרים שבח״ל לאו עוֹבְדֵיע״א הן gentiles outside of Palestine must not be considered as idolaters; a. v. fr. Nif. נֶעֱבַד 1) to be prepared, dressed. Tosef. B. Kam. l. c. עורות שאינן נֶעֱבָדִין ed. Zuck. (oth. ed. עֲבוּדִין) undressed hides; a. e. 2) to be used, esp. for illicit purposes; to be worshipped. Tem. l. c. המוקצה והנ׳ the animal designated for idolatrous purposes and the one used; expl. כל שעובדין אותו whatever they may use it for ((e. g. yoking the ox, shearing the sheep for the benefit of idolatrous temples). Ib. 28a נעבדה בהן עבירה an illicit act has been done with them (by coupling them); ib. לא נֵתְעַבְּדָה בה עבירה no sinful act has been done with it (by which to unfit it for the altar). Ab. Zar.46b יש נ׳ במחובר אצל גבוה does the law forbidding the use in divine worship of objects which have been used for idolatrous purposes include things fixed in the ground? Ib. יש שינוי בנ׳ does change of form restore to legitimate use objects otherwise forbidden on account of their use in connection with idolatry? a. fr. Nithpa. נַתְעַבֵּד same, v. supra. Hif. הֶעֱבִיד to enslave, oppress. Yalk. Ex. 162 הֶעֱבִידוֹ בכלוכ׳ he (Esau) oppressed him with all sorts of troubles. Pi. עִיבֵּד to prepare, esp. to dress hides. Sabb.VII, 2 (among the labors forbidden on the Sabbath) והמְעַבֵּד את עורו dressing the hide of the deer (to fit it for parchment). Ib. 75b חייב משום מעבד is guilty of a Sabbath offence coming under the category of tanning. Gitt.54b גוילין … לא עִיבַּדְתִּין לשמן I did not prepare the parchment sheets with the proper intention; a. fr.

Jewish literature > עבד

14 עָבַד

עָבַד(b. h.) ( to work) 1) to serve, work for. Gitt.IV, 5 עוֹבֵד את רבווכ׳ works one day for his master, and one for himself; a. fr. Esp. to do priestly service. Ḥull.24b אחיו הכהנים … לַעֲבוֹדוכ׳ his brother priests allow him not to serve, until he is twenty years of age. 2) to prepare; to till the ground; to dress (hides). Gen. R. s. 22 קין עובד אדמה Cain the tiller of the ground. Y.Ab. Zar. II, 41b bot. גוי עוֹבְדָן; Tosef. ib. IV (V), 10 עוֹבְדוֹ, v. דָּבַב I; (Bab. ib. 33a עיבדן). Y.Sabb.I, 4b top נתן כלים … ומצאו עובד בווכ׳ if one gave a gentile garments to wash, and found him working at them on the Sabbath; a. fr.Part. pass. עָבוּד, pl. עֲבוּדִין dressed, v. infra. 3) (v. עֲבוֹדָה) to use esp. for idolatrous purposes; to worship. Tem.VI, 1, v. infra. Ab. Zar. III, 7 (defining אשרה) כל שעוֹבְדִין אותה a tree which is itself worshipped (not one at which idolatrous rites are performed). Ib. הואיל … הן עובדין since they worship merely the image (under the tree). Snh.VII, 6 העובדע״ז אחד העובדוכ׳ he who worships an idol, whether he goes through the regular forms of that particular worship (v. ib. 60b), or sacrifices Ab. Zar. III, 5 העכומ״ז העובדיןוכ׳ as to idolaters that worship mountains and hills (as deities), they (the territories) may be used, but what is on them is forbidden. Ib. 45b אילן … ולבסוף עֲבָדוֹ if one planted a tree and afterwards made it a subject of worship. Ib. 46a ועוֹבְדֵיהֶן בסייף and those (Jews) who worship them are put to death by the sword; Tosef. ib. VI (VII), 8. Sabb.56b אילמלי לא … ולא עָבְדוּ ישראלע״א had David not listened to evil gossip (against Mephibosheth), … Israel would not have worshipped idols (under Jeroboam). Ib. 105b עד שיאמר לו עֲבוֹדע״ז until he (the tempter) finally tells him, worship idols; Tosef.B. Kam. IX, 31. Ḥull.13b נכרים שבח״ל לאו עוֹבְדֵיע״א הן gentiles outside of Palestine must not be considered as idolaters; a. v. fr. Nif. נֶעֱבַד 1) to be prepared, dressed. Tosef. B. Kam. l. c. עורות שאינן נֶעֱבָדִין ed. Zuck. (oth. ed. עֲבוּדִין) undressed hides; a. e. 2) to be used, esp. for illicit purposes; to be worshipped. Tem. l. c. המוקצה והנ׳ the animal designated for idolatrous purposes and the one used; expl. כל שעובדין אותו whatever they may use it for ((e. g. yoking the ox, shearing the sheep for the benefit of idolatrous temples). Ib. 28a נעבדה בהן עבירה an illicit act has been done with them (by coupling them); ib. לא נֵתְעַבְּדָה בה עבירה no sinful act has been done with it (by which to unfit it for the altar). Ab. Zar.46b יש נ׳ במחובר אצל גבוה does the law forbidding the use in divine worship of objects which have been used for idolatrous purposes include things fixed in the ground? Ib. יש שינוי בנ׳ does change of form restore to legitimate use objects otherwise forbidden on account of their use in connection with idolatry? a. fr. Nithpa. נַתְעַבֵּד same, v. supra. Hif. הֶעֱבִיד to enslave, oppress. Yalk. Ex. 162 הֶעֱבִידוֹ בכלוכ׳ he (Esau) oppressed him with all sorts of troubles. Pi. עִיבֵּד to prepare, esp. to dress hides. Sabb.VII, 2 (among the labors forbidden on the Sabbath) והמְעַבֵּד את עורו dressing the hide of the deer (to fit it for parchment). Ib. 75b חייב משום מעבד is guilty of a Sabbath offence coming under the category of tanning. Gitt.54b גוילין … לא עִיבַּדְתִּין לשמן I did not prepare the parchment sheets with the proper intention; a. fr.

Jewish literature > עָבַד

15 κατά

κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).

A. w. the gen.

① marker of extension or orientation in space or specific area

ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.

ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).

ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.

② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.

ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.

ⓑ in a hostile sense, against

α. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6

β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).

γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.

B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])

① marker of spatial aspect

ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.

ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.

ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).

ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.

② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)

ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).

ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).

ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.

③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)

ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.

ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.

④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).

⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according to

ⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.

α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.

β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.

γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).

δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.

ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).

α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in general

β. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).

⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.

⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions as

ⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.

ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.

ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > κατά

16 seic

sīc (old form sīce, Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 12; also seic, C. I. L. 818), adv. [for si - ce; si, locat. form of pron. stem sa- = Gr. ho, ha, or hê, and demonstr. -ce; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 777], so, thus, in this or that manner, in such a manner, in the same way or manner, in like manner, likewise, to this or that extent or degree, to such a degree, in this or that state or condition, in such a condition (syn. ita); sic refers, I. To a previous fact, description, or assumption.—II. To a subsequent independent sentence, = thus, as follows. —III. As a local demonstrative (deiktikôs), referring to something done or pointed out by the speaker, = thus, as I do it; thus, as you see, etc.—IV. As a correlative, preceding or following clauses introduced by conjunctions. —V. In certain idiomatic connections.
I.
Referring to something said before, = hoc modo: sic ille annus duo firmamenta rei publicae evertit, so, i. e. in the manner mentioned, Cic. Att. 1, 18, 3:
sic et nata et progressa eloquentia videtur,
id. Inv. 1, 2, 3:
facinus indignum Sic circumiri,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 9:
sic deinceps omne opus contexitur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 23:
arare mavelim quam sic amare,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 21:
sic se res habet,
Cic. Brut. 18, 71:
sic regii constiterant,
Liv. 42, 58:
sic res Romana in antiquum statum rediit,
id. 3, 9, 1:
sic ad Alpes perventum est,
Tac. H. 1, 84; cf. Enn. Ann. 1, 104; Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 88; Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 11; Cic. Inv. 1, 46, 86; 2, 32, 100; id. de Or. 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 201; 3, 29, 117; id. Brut. 40, 149; id. Rep. 2, 14, 27; 2, 20, 35; id. Lael. 9, 32; Liv. 4, 11, 5; 6, 17, 1; Caes. B. G. 3, 19; 6, 30; 7, 62.—Often sic does not qualify the main predicate, but a participle or adjective referring to it:
sic igitur instructus veniat ad causas,
Cic. Or. 34, 121:
cum sic affectos dimisisset,
Liv. 21, 43, 1:
sic omnibus copiis fusis se in castra recipiunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 6:
sic milites consolatus eodem die reducit in castra,
id. ib. 7, 19; cf. id. ib. 7, 62; Ov. M. 1, 32.—
2.
In a parenthet. clause (= ita):
quae, ut sic dicam, ad corpus pertinent civitatis,
so to speak, Cic. Inv. 2, 56, 168:
commentabar declamitans—sic enim nunc loquuntur,
id. Brut. 90, 310; cf. id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. Lael. 11, 39; Liv. 7, 31; Ov. M. 4, 660; 13, 597; 13, 866.—
3.
Referring not to the predicate, but to some intermediate term understood (= ita; cf.
Engl. so): sic provolant duo Fabii (= sic loquentes),
Liv. 2, 46, 7:
sic enim nostrae rationes postulabant (sic = ut sic agerem),
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 6:
tibi enim ipsi sic video placere (sic = sic faciendo),
id. ib. 4, 6, 2:
sic enim concedis mihi proximis litteris (= ut sic agam),
id. ib. 5, 20, 1:
sic enim statuerat (= hoc faciendum esse),
id. Phil. 5, 7, 208:
Quid igitur? Non sic oportet? Equidem censeo sic (sic = hoc fieri),
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1:
sic soleo (i. e. bona consilia reddere),
Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 25:
sic soleo amicos (i. e. beare),
id. Eun. 2, 2, 48:
sic memini tamen (= hoc ita esse),
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 48:
haec sic audivi (= ita esse),
id. Ep. 3, 1, 79:
sic prorsus existimo (= hoc ita esse),
Cic. Brut. 33, 125:
quoniam sic cogitis ipsi (= hoc facere),
Ov. M. 5, 178.—
4.
As completing object, = hoc:
iis litteris respondebo: sic enim postulas (= hoc postulas),
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 1:
hic adsiste. Sic volo (= hoc volo, or hoc te facere volo),
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 15:
sic fata jubent (= hoc jubent, or hoc facere jubent),
Ov. M. 15, 584:
hic apud nos hodie cenes. Sic face,
Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 8:
sic faciendum est,
Cic. Att. 4, 6, 2.—
5.
Predicatively with esse (appellari, videri, etc.), in the sense of talis:
sic vita hominum est (= talis),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
vir acerrimo ingenio—sic enim fuit,
id. Or. 5, 18:
familiaris noster—sic est enim,
id. Att. 1, 18, 6:
sic est vulgus,
id. Rosc. Com. 10, 20:
sic, Crito, est hic,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 16: sic sum;
si placeo, utere,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 42:
sic sententiest,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 90:
sic est (= sic res se habet),
that is so, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 21:
qui sic sunt (i. e. vivunt) haud multum heredem juvant,
id. Hec. 3, 5, 10:
nunc hoc profecto sic est,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 42:
sic est. Non muto sententiam,
Sen. Ep. 10; cf. Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 35; id. Am. 2, 1, 60; id. Aul. 2, 4, 43; id. As. 5, 2, 12; id. Most. 4, 3, 40; Ter. And. 1, 1, 35; id. Eun. 3, 1, 18; id. Ad. 3, 3, 44; Cic. Lael. 1, 5; id. de Or. 1, 19, 86; id. Or. 14, 46.—
6.
Rarely as subject (mostly representing a subject-clause):
sic commodius esse arbitror quam manere hanc (sic = abire),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 31:
si sic (= hoc) est factum, erus damno auctus est,
id. Heaut. 4, 1, 15: Pe. Quid? Concidit? Mi. Sic suspicio est (= eam concidisse), Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 57:
mihi sic est usus (= sic agere),
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 28:
sic opus est (= hoc facere),
Ov. M. 1, 279; 2, 785.—
B.
To express relations other than manner (rare).
1.
Of consequence; un der these circumstances, accordingly, hence:
sic Numitori ad supplicium Remus deditur,
Liv. 1, 5, 4:
sic et habet quod uterque eorum habuit, et explevit quod utrique defuit,
Cic. Brut. 42, 154:
sic victam legem esse, nisi caveant,
Liv. 4, 11, 5:
suavis mihi ructus est. Sic sine modo,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 17. —
2.
Of condition; on this condition, if this be done, etc.:
reliquas illius anni pestes recordamini, sic enim facillime perspicietis, etc.,
Cic. Sest. 25, 55: displiceas aliis;
sic ego tutus ero (sic = si displicebis),
Tib. 4, 13, 6:
Scironis media sic licet ire via (sic = si amantes eunt),
Prop. 4, 15 (3, 16), 12:
sic demum lucos Stygios Aspicies (= non aspicies, nisi hoc facies),
Verg. A. 6, 154 (for sic as antecedent of si, v. infra, IV. 5).—
3.
Of intensity:
non latuit scintilla ingenii: sic erat in omni sermone sollers (= tam sollers erat ut non lateret ingenium),
Cic. Rep. 2, 21, 37; cf. infra, IV. 4.
II.
Referring to a subsequent sentence, thus, as follows, in the following manner (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, hujusmodi, ad hunc modum):
ingressus est sic loqui Scipio: Catonis hoc senis est, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 1 (cf.:
tum Varro ita exorsus est,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 15): hunc inter pugnas Servilius sic compellat, etc., Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4 (Ann. v. 256 Vahl.):
puero sic dicit pater: Noster esto,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 38:
sic faciam: adsimulabo quasi quam culpam in sese admiserint,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 27 dub.:
salem candidum sic facito: amphoram puram impleto, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 88: sic enim dixisti:
Vidi ego tuam lacrimulam,
Cic. Planc. 31, 76:
res autem se sic habet: composite et apte sine sententiis dicere insania est,
the truth is this, id. Or. 71, 236:
sic loquere, sic vive: vide, ne te ulla res deprimat,
Sen. Ep. 10, 4; cf. id. ib. 10, 1; Cato, R. R. 77 sqq.; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 177; Ter. Phorm. prol. 13; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 21, 29; 4, 4, 30; Cic. [p. 1691] Inv. 1, 39, 71; id. Or. 1, 45, 198; 2, 40, 167; 2, 40, 172; id. Att. 2, 22, 1; 5, 1, 3; 6, 1, 3; Verg. A. 1, 521.—
2.
Esp., with ellipsis of predicate:
ego sic: diem statuo, etc. (sc. ago),
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 16.—Sometimes sic introduces detached words: sic loqui nosse, judicasse vetant, novisse jubent et judicavisse (= they forbid to say nosse, etc.), Cic. Or. 47, 157.—
3.
For instance (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, ut hoc, verbi gratia, ut si; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91 sq. infra):
disjunctum est, cum unumquodque certo concluditur verbo,
Auct. Her. 4, 27, 37:
mala definitio est... cum aliquid non grave dicit, sic: Stultitia est immensa gloriae cupiditas,
Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91.
III.
As a local demonstrative, thus, so, etc. (deiktikôs; colloq.;
mostly comice): ne hunc ornatum vos meum admiremini, quod ego processi sic cum servili schema,
as you see me now, Plaut. Am. prol. 117:
sed amictus sic hac ludibundus incessi,
id. Ps. 5, 1, 31:
nec sic per totam infamis traducerer urbem,
Prop. 2, 24 (3, 18), 7:
sic ad me, miserande, redis?
Ov. M. 11, 728; cf. Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 4.—So accompanied with a corresponding gesture:
Quid tu igitur sic hoc digitulis duobus sumebas primoribus?
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 25: Pe. Quid si curram? Tr. Censeo. Pe. An sic potius placide? (the speaker imitating the motion), id. Rud. 4, 8, 10:
non licet te sic placidule bellam belle tangere?
id. ib. 2, 4, 12:
quod non omnia sic poterant conjuncta manere,
Lucr. 5, 441.—
Here belong the phrases sic dedero, sic dabo, sic datur, expressing a threat of revenge, or satisfaction at another's misfortune: sic dedero! aere militari tetigero lenunculum,
I will give it to him, Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 6; id. As. 2, 4, 33:
sic dabo!
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 38:
doletne? hem, sic datur si quis erum servos spernit,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 21:
sic furi datur,
id. Stich. 5, 5, 25; so id. Men. 4, 2, 46.—Referring to an act just performed by the speaker:
sic deinde quicunque alius transiliet moenia mea (= sic pereat, quicunque deinde, etc.),
Liv. 1, 7, 2:
sic eat quaecunque Romana lugebit hostem,
so will every one fare who, id. 1, 26, 5:
sic... Cetera sit fortis castrorum turba tuorum (= sic ut interfeci te),
Ov. M. 12, 285.—So with a comp.-clause expressed:
sic stratas legiones Latinorum dabo, quemadmodum legatum jacentem videtis,
Liv. 8, 6, 6; cf. id. 1, 24, 8 (v. IV. 1. infra).
IV.
As correlative, with, 1. A comparative clause (sic far more frequent than ita); 2. A contrasted clause, mostly with ut; 3. A modal clause, with ut (ita more freq. than sic); 4. A clause expressing intensity, introduced by ut; 5. A conditional clause (rare; ita more freq.); 6. With a reason, introduced by quia (ante-class. and very rare); 7. With an inf. clause; 8. With ut, expressing purpose or result.
1.
With comp. clauses, usu. introduced by ut, but also by quemadmodum (very freq.), sicut, velut, tamquam, quasi, quomodo, quam (rare and poet.), ceu (rare; poet. and post-class.), quantus (rare and poet.), qualis (ante-class. and rare).
(α).
With ut:
ut cibi satietas subamara aliqua re relevatur, sic animus defessus audiendi admiratione redintegratur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 17, 25:
ut non omnem frugem, neque arborem in omni agro reperire possis, sic non omne facinus in omni vita nascitur,
id. Rosc. Am. 27, 75:
ex suo regno sic Mithridates profugit ut ex eodem Ponto Medea quondam profugisse dicitur,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
ut tu nunc de Coriolano, sic Clitarchus de Themistocle finxit,
id. Brut. 11, 42:
sic moneo ut filium, sic faveo ut mihi, sic hortor ut et pro patria et amicissimum,
id. Fam. 10, 5, 3:
ut vita, sic oratione durus fuit,
id. Brut. 31, 117:
de Lentulo sic fero ut debeo,
id. Att. 4, 6, 1:
sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40; Cic. Inv. 2, 8, 28; id. Div. 2, 30, 93; id. de Or. 1, 33, 153; 3, 51, 198; Liv. 1, 47, 2; 2, 52, 7; Ov. M. 1, 495; 1, 539; 2, 165 et saep.—So in the formula ut quisque... sic (more freq. ita), rendered by according as, or the more... the...:
ut quisque rem accurat suam, sic ei procedunt postprincipia denique,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 3:
ut quaeque res est tur pissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
Cic. Caecin. 2, 7; v. Fischer, Gr. II. p. 751.—
(β).
With quemadmodum: quemadmodum tibicen sine tibiis canere, sic orator, nisi multitudine audiente, eloquens esse non potest, Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:
quemadmodum se tribuni gessissent in prohibendo dilectu, sic patres in lege prohibenda gerebant,
Liv. 3, 11, 3:
sic vestras hallucinationes fero, quemadmodum Juppiter ineptias poetarum,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 6; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 23, 33; 2, 8, 28; 2, 27, 82; id. Or. 3, 52, 200; id. Lael. 4, 16; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5; Liv. 2, 13, 8; 5, 3, 8; Sen. Ep. 5, 6 (bis); id. Clem. 1, 3, 5; id. Vit. Beat. 23, 4.—
(γ).
With sicut:
tecum simul, sicut ego pro multis, sic ille pro Appio dixit,
Cic. Brut. 64, 230; 46, 112; id. Or. 2, 44, 186; id. Clu. 2; Caes. B. G. 6, 30; Liv. 4, 57, 11; 7, 13, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 2.—
(δ).
With velut:
velut ipse in re trepida se sit tutatus, sic consulem loca tutiora castris cepisse,
Liv. 4, 41, 6; cf. Cic. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; Verg. A. 1, 148; Ov. M. 4, 375; 4, 705.—
(ε).
With tamquam:
tamquam litteris in cera, sic se ajebat imaginibus quae meminisse vellet, perscribere,
Cic. Or. 2, 88, 360:
quid autem ego sic adhuc egi, tamquam integra sit causa patriciorum?
Liv. 10, 8:
sic Ephesi fui, tamquam domi meae,
Cic. Fam. 13, 69, 1; cf. id. Or. 2, 42, 180; id. Brut. 18, 71; 58, 213; 66, 235; 74, 258; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 16; 2, 14, 1; id. Prov. Cons. 12, 31; Sen. Ep. 101, 7.—
(ζ).
With quasi:
hujus innocentiae sic in hac calamitosa fama, quasi in aliqua perniciosissima flamma subvenire,
Cic. Clu. 1, 4:
ea sic observabo quasi intercalatum non sit,
id. Att. 6, 1, 12:
Quid tu me sic salutas quasi dudum non videris?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 51; cf. Cic. Or. 2, 11, 47; id. Inv. 1, 3, 4; id. Sen. 8, 26:
ego sic vivam quasi sciam, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 3.—
(η).
With quomodo:
quomodo nomen in militiam non daret debilis, sic ad iter quod inhabile sciat, non accedet,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 3 (30), 4:
sic demus quomodo vellemus accipere,
id. Ben. 2, 1, 1; id. Ep. 9, 17; id. Ot. Sap. 6, 2 (32 med.); Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 4, 4.—
(θ).
With ceu:
ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent... sic Martem indomitum Cernimus,
Verg. A. 2, 438.—
(ι).
With quam:
non sic incerto mutantur flamine Syrtes, quam cito feminea non constat foedus in ira,
Prop. 2, 9, 33; Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 281.—
(κ).
With quantus:
nec sic errore laetatus Ulixes... nec sic Electra... quanta ego collegi gaudia,
Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 5 sqq.—
(λ).
With qualis:
imo sic condignum donum quali'st quoi dono datum est,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 40.—
(μ).
Without a correlative particle, in an independent sentence:
Quis potione uti aut cibo dulci diutius potest? sic omnibus in rebus voluptatibus maximis fastidium finitimum est (= ut nemo cibo dulci uti diutius potest, sic, etc.),
Cic. Or. 3, 25, 100; cf. id. ib. 19, 63.—
2.
In contrasted clauses, mostly with ut, which may generally be rendered while: ut ad bella suscipienda Gallorum acer ac promptus est animus, sic mollis ad calamitates perferendas mens eorum est (almost = etsi ad bella suscipienda... tamen mollis est, etc., while, etc.), Caes. B. G. 3, 19: a ceteris oblectationibus ut deseror, sic litteris sustentor et recreor, while I am deserted, I am sustained, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 10, 1; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 18, 55; id. Fam. 10, 20, 2; Liv. 4, 57, 11; Ov. M. 4, 131; 11, 76.—So freq. two members of the same sentence are coordinated by ut... sic (ita) with almost the same force as a co-ordination by cum... tum, or by sed:
consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen respondit (= vere fortasse, sed parum utiliter),
Liv. 4, 6, 2:
ut nondum satis claram victoriam, sic prosperae spei pugnam imber diremit,
id. 6, 32, 6:
(forma erat) ut non cygnorum, sic albis proxima cygnis,
Ov. M. 14, 509; cf. Liv. 1, 27, 2; 5, 38, 2; 6, 6, 10; Ov. M. 1, 370.—In this use etiam or quoque is sometimes joined with sic (never by Cic. with ita):
nostri sensus, ut in pace semper, sic tum etiam in bello congruebant (= cum... tum),
Cic. Marcell. 6, 16:
ut sunt, sic etiam nominantur senes,
id. Sen. 6, 20:
utinam ut culpam, sic etiam suspitionem vitare potuisses,
id. Phil. 1, 13, 33:
ut superiorum aetatum studia occidunt, sic occidunt etiam senectutis,
id. Sen. 20, 76:
ut voce, sic etiam oratione,
id. Or. 25, 85; id. Top. 15, 59; id. Leg. 2, 25, 62; id. Lael. 5, 19.—More rarely with quem ad modum, quomodo:
ut, quem ad modum est, sic etiam appelletur tyrannus,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 2:
quo modo ad bene vivendum, sic etiam ad beate,
id. Tusc. 3, 17, 37. —
3.
With a clause of manner introduced by ut = so that:
sic fuimus semper comparati ut hominum sermonibus quasi in aliquod judicium vocaremur,
Cic. Or. 3, 9, 32:
eam sic audio ut Plautum mihi aut Naevium videar audire,
id. ib. 3, 12, 45:
sic agam vobiscum ut aliquid de vestris vitiis audiatis,
id. ib. 3, 12, 46:
omnia sic suppetunt ut ei nullam deesse virtutem oratoris putem,
id. Brut. 71, 250:
omnis pars orationis esse debet laudabilis, sic ut verbum nullum excidat,
id. Or. 36, 125:
sic tecum agam ut vel respondendi vel interpellandi potestatem faciam,
id. Rosc. Am. 27, 73:
nec vero sic erat umquam non paratus Milo contra illum ut non satis fere esset paratus,
id. Mil. 21, 56:
sic eum eo de re publica disputavit ut sentiret sibi cum viro forti esse pugnandum,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; cf. Plaut. As. 2, 4, 49; id. Mil. 2, 2, 82; Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 245; 2, 1, 3; 2, 6, 23; id. Brut. 22, 88; 40, 148; id. Sest. 40, 87; id. Planc. 10, 25; id. Fam. 5, 15, 4; Caes. B. G. 2, 32; 5, 17; id. B. C. 3, 56; Prop. 1, 21, 5.—Sometimes the correlative clause is restrictive, and sic = but so, yet so, only so:
mihi sic placuit ut cetera Antisthenis, hominis acuti magis quam eruditi,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 4:
sic conveniet reprehendi, ut demonstretur etc.,
id. Inv. 1, 46, 86; id. Brut. 79, 274; id. Marcell. 11, 34; id. Att. 13, 3, 1 (ita is more freq. in this sense).—
4.
With a clause expressing intensity (so both with adjj. and verbs; but far less freq. than ita, tam, adeo), to such a degree, so, so far, etc.:
sic ego illum in timorem dabo, ipse sese ut neget esse eum qui siet,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 20 sq.:
conficior lacrimis sic ut ferre non possim,
Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 1:
sic rem fuisse apertam ut judicium fieri nihil attinuerit,
id. Inv. 2, 28, 84:
cujus responso judices sic exarserunt ut capitis hominem innocentissimum condemnarent,
id. Or. 1, 54, 233; cf. id. ib. 3, 8, 29; id. Brut. 88, 302; id. Or. 53, 177; 55, 184; id. Rep. 2, 21, 37; 3, 9, 15; id. Lael. 1, 4; id. Planc. 8, 21; id. Verr. 1, 36, 91; id. Balb. 5, 13; id. Att. 1, 8, 2; 1, 16, 1; Caes. B. G. 6, 41; Hor. S. 2, 3, 1.—
5.
Rarely conditional clauses have the antecedent sic.
a.
Poet. and in post-Aug. prose, to represent the result of the condition as sure:
sic invidiam effugies, si te non ingesseris oculis, si bona tua non jactaveris, si scieris in sinu gaudere,
Sen. Ep. 105, 3:
sic hodie veniet si qua negavit heri,
Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 20.—
b.
Denoting with the proviso that, but only if (usu. ita):
decreverunt ut cum populus regem jussisset, id sic ratum esset si patres auctores fuissent,
that the choice should be valid, but only if the Senate should ratify it, Liv. 1, 17, 9:
sic ignovisse putato Me tibi si cenes hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 69.—
6.
Sic quia = idcirco quia (very rare): Th. Quid vos? Insanin' estis? Tr. Quidum? Th. Sic quia foris ambulatis, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 20.—
7.
With inf. clause (freq.):
sic igitur sentio, naturam primum atque ingenium ad dicendum vim afferre maximam,
Cic. Or. 1, 25, 113:
sic a majoribus nostris accepimus, praetorem quaestori suo parentis loco esse oportere,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61:
ego sic existimo, in summo imperatore quattuor res inesse oportere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 38; cf. Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 5; Cic. Inv. 2, 55, 167; id. de Or. 1, 20, 93; 2, 28, 122; id. Brut. 36, 138; 41, 152; id. Div. in Caecil. 3, 10; id. Verr. 1, 7, 20; Liv. 5, 15, 11.—Esp., after sic habeto (habe, habeas) = scito (only Ciceron.):
sic habeto, in eum statum tuum reditum incidere ut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 1; so id. ib. 1, 7, 3; 2, 6, 5; 2, 10, 1; 7, 18, 1; 9, 16, 2; id. Att. 2, 25, 1; 5, 1, 5; 5, 20, 1 et saep.—
8.
With ut, expressing purpose or result:
nunc sic faciam, sic consilium est, ad erum ut veniam docte atque astu,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 23:
ab Ariobarzane sic contendi ut talenta, quae mihi pollicebatur, illi daret,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 3:
sic accidit ut ex tanto navium numero nulla omnino navis... desideraretur,
Caes. B. G. 5, 23; cf. Cato, R. R. 1, 1; Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4; id. Or. 2, 67, 271.
V.
Idiomatic usages of sic.
1.
In a wish, expressed as a conclusion after an imperative ( poet.):
parce: sic bene sub tenera parva quiescat humo (= si parces, bene quiescat),
Tib. 2, 6, 30:
annue: sic tibi sint intonsi, Phoebe, capilli,
id. 2, 5, 121:
pone, precor, fastus... Sic tibi nec vernum nascentia frigus adurat Poma, nec excutiant rapidi florentia venti,
Ov. M. 14, 762: dic [p. 1692] mihi de nostra quae sentis vera puella:
Sic tibi sint dominae, Lygdame, dempta juga,
Prop. 4, 5, 1; Tib. 2, 6, 30.—The imperative may follow the clause with sic:
sic tua Cyrneas fugiant examina taxos... Incipe (sc. cantare) si quid habes (= si incipies cantare, opto tibi ut tua examina, etc.),
Verg. E. 9, 30:
sic tibi (Arethusa) Doris amara suam non intermisceat undam: Incipe (= si incipies, opto tibi ut Doris, etc.),
id. ib. 10, 4:
sic mare compositum, sic sit tibi piscis in unda Credulus... Dic ubi sit,
Ov. M. 8, 857; Sen. Troad. 702; cf.:
sic te Diva potens Cypri... Ventorumque regat pater, Navis... Reddas incolumem Vergilium (= si tu, navis, reddes Vergilium, prosperum precor tibi cursum),
Hor. C. 1, 3, 1; cf.
also: sic venias hodierne: tibi dem turis honores (=si venies, tibi dem),
Tib. 1, 7, 53; cf. Ov. H. 3, 135; 4, 148.—
2.
Sic (like ita) with ut in strong asseveration ( poet.):
sic me di amabunt, ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum (= by the love of the gods, I pity, etc.),
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54:
Diespiter me sic amabit ut ego hanc familiam interire cupio,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 47:
sic has deus aequoris artes Adjuvet, ut nemo jamdudum littore in isto constitit,
Ov. M. 8, 866:
sic mihi te referas levis, ut non altera nostro limine intulit ulla pedes,
Prop. 1, 18, 11; cf. id. 3, 15 (4, 14), 1; cf.:
vera cano, sic usque sacras innoxia laurus vescar,
Tib. 2, 5, 63.—
3.
In a demonstrative temporal force, like the Gr. houtôs, so, as the matter stands now, as it now is, as it then was, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
e Graecis cavendae sunt quaedam familiaritates, praeter hominum perpaucorum, si qui sunt vetere Graecia digni. Sic vero fallaces sunt permulti et leves,
but as things now stand, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5, § 16:
at sic citius qui te expedias his aerumnis reperias,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 8: Pe. Pol tibi istuc credo nomen actutum fore. Tr. Dum interea sic sit, istuc actutum sino, provided it be as it is, Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 71:
quotiens hoc tibi ego interdixi, meam ne sic volgo pollicitarere operam,
thus, as you are doing now, id. Mil. 4, 2, 65:
si utrumvis tibi visus essem, Non sic ludibrio tuis factis habitus essem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 11:
non sic nudos in flumen deicere (voluerunt),
naked, as they are, Cic. Rosc. Am. 26, 71:
sub alta platano... jacentes sic temere,
Hor. C. 2, 11, 14.—Esp., with sine and abl.:
me germanam meam sororem tibi sic sine dote dedisse,
so as she is, without a dowry, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 65:
sic sine malo,
id. Rud. 3, 5, 2:
at operam perire meam sic... perpeti nequeo,
without result, id. Trin. 3, 2, 34 Ritschl, Fleck. (Brix omits sic): nec sic de nihilo fulminis ira cadit (= without cause), Prop. 2, 16 (3, 8), 52: mirabar hoc si sic abiret, so, i. e. without trouble, Ter. And. 1, 2, 4:
hoc non poterit sic abire,
Cic. Fin. 5, 3, 7; so,
sic abire,
id. Att. 14, 1, 1; Cat. 14, 16; Plaut. Men. 5, 7, 39. —Hence,
(β).
With imperatives, esp. with sine: Quid ego hoc faciam postea? sic sine eumpse, just let him alone, i. e. leave him as he is, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:
si non vult (numerare), sic sine adstet,
id. As. 2, 4, 54:
sine fores sic, abi,
let the door alone, id. Men. 2, 3, 1; so id. Cas. 3, 6, 36; id. Ps. 1, 5, 62.—
(γ).
Pregn., implying a concession (= kai houtôs), even as it is now, even without doing so, in spite of it:
nolo bis iterare, sat sic longae fiunt fabulae,
narratives are long enough anyhow, as they are, without saying them twice over, Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 154:
sed sic quoque erat tamen Acis,
even as it was, in spite of what has been said, Ov. M. 13, 896; so,
sic quoque fallebat,
id. ib. 1, 698:
sed sic me et libertatis fructu privas et diligentiae,
anyhow, not taking into account what is mentioned, Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 4: exhibeas molestiam si quid debeam, qui nunc sic tam es molestus, who art so troublesome even as it is, i. e. without my owing you any thing, Plaut. Pers. 2, 44:
sic quoque parte plebis affecta, fides tamen publica potior senatui fuit,
Liv. 7, 27; cf. Ov. F. 2, 642; Suet. Aug. 78.—
4.
Ellipt., referring to something in the mind of the speaker:
Quod si hoc nunc sic incipiam? Nihil est. Quod si sic? Tantumdem egero. At sic opinor? Non potest,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 8: illa quae aliis sic, aliis secus videntur, to some in one way, to others in another (= aliis aliter), Cic. Leg. 1, 17, 47: Quid vini absumpsit! Sic hoc dicens, asperum hoc est, aliud lenius, = this wine is so (the speaker not saying what he thinks of it), Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 49: deinde quod illa (quae ego dixi) sive faceta sunt, sive sic, fiunt narrante te venustissima, or so, i. e. or otherwise, Cic. Fam. 15, 21, 2:
monitorem non desiderabit qui dicat, Sic incede, sic cena... sic amico utere, sic cive, sic socio,
Sen. Ep. 114.—
5.
In answers, yes = the French, Italian, and Spanish si (ante - class. and rare): Ph. Phaniam relictam ais? Ge. Sic, Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 2: De. Illa maneat? Ch. Sic, id. ib. 5, 3, 30: Ch. Sicine est sententia? Me. Sic, id. Heaut. 1, 1, 114.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > seic

17 sic

sīc (old form sīce, Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 12; also seic, C. I. L. 818), adv. [for si - ce; si, locat. form of pron. stem sa- = Gr. ho, ha, or hê, and demonstr. -ce; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 777], so, thus, in this or that manner, in such a manner, in the same way or manner, in like manner, likewise, to this or that extent or degree, to such a degree, in this or that state or condition, in such a condition (syn. ita); sic refers, I. To a previous fact, description, or assumption.—II. To a subsequent independent sentence, = thus, as follows. —III. As a local demonstrative (deiktikôs), referring to something done or pointed out by the speaker, = thus, as I do it; thus, as you see, etc.—IV. As a correlative, preceding or following clauses introduced by conjunctions. —V. In certain idiomatic connections.
I.
Referring to something said before, = hoc modo: sic ille annus duo firmamenta rei publicae evertit, so, i. e. in the manner mentioned, Cic. Att. 1, 18, 3:
sic et nata et progressa eloquentia videtur,
id. Inv. 1, 2, 3:
facinus indignum Sic circumiri,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 9:
sic deinceps omne opus contexitur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 23:
arare mavelim quam sic amare,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 21:
sic se res habet,
Cic. Brut. 18, 71:
sic regii constiterant,
Liv. 42, 58:
sic res Romana in antiquum statum rediit,
id. 3, 9, 1:
sic ad Alpes perventum est,
Tac. H. 1, 84; cf. Enn. Ann. 1, 104; Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 88; Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 11; Cic. Inv. 1, 46, 86; 2, 32, 100; id. de Or. 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 201; 3, 29, 117; id. Brut. 40, 149; id. Rep. 2, 14, 27; 2, 20, 35; id. Lael. 9, 32; Liv. 4, 11, 5; 6, 17, 1; Caes. B. G. 3, 19; 6, 30; 7, 62.—Often sic does not qualify the main predicate, but a participle or adjective referring to it:
sic igitur instructus veniat ad causas,
Cic. Or. 34, 121:
cum sic affectos dimisisset,
Liv. 21, 43, 1:
sic omnibus copiis fusis se in castra recipiunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 6:
sic milites consolatus eodem die reducit in castra,
id. ib. 7, 19; cf. id. ib. 7, 62; Ov. M. 1, 32.—
2.
In a parenthet. clause (= ita):
quae, ut sic dicam, ad corpus pertinent civitatis,
so to speak, Cic. Inv. 2, 56, 168:
commentabar declamitans—sic enim nunc loquuntur,
id. Brut. 90, 310; cf. id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. Lael. 11, 39; Liv. 7, 31; Ov. M. 4, 660; 13, 597; 13, 866.—
3.
Referring not to the predicate, but to some intermediate term understood (= ita; cf.
Engl. so): sic provolant duo Fabii (= sic loquentes),
Liv. 2, 46, 7:
sic enim nostrae rationes postulabant (sic = ut sic agerem),
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 6:
tibi enim ipsi sic video placere (sic = sic faciendo),
id. ib. 4, 6, 2:
sic enim concedis mihi proximis litteris (= ut sic agam),
id. ib. 5, 20, 1:
sic enim statuerat (= hoc faciendum esse),
id. Phil. 5, 7, 208:
Quid igitur? Non sic oportet? Equidem censeo sic (sic = hoc fieri),
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1:
sic soleo (i. e. bona consilia reddere),
Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 25:
sic soleo amicos (i. e. beare),
id. Eun. 2, 2, 48:
sic memini tamen (= hoc ita esse),
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 48:
haec sic audivi (= ita esse),
id. Ep. 3, 1, 79:
sic prorsus existimo (= hoc ita esse),
Cic. Brut. 33, 125:
quoniam sic cogitis ipsi (= hoc facere),
Ov. M. 5, 178.—
4.
As completing object, = hoc:
iis litteris respondebo: sic enim postulas (= hoc postulas),
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 1:
hic adsiste. Sic volo (= hoc volo, or hoc te facere volo),
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 15:
sic fata jubent (= hoc jubent, or hoc facere jubent),
Ov. M. 15, 584:
hic apud nos hodie cenes. Sic face,
Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 8:
sic faciendum est,
Cic. Att. 4, 6, 2.—
5.
Predicatively with esse (appellari, videri, etc.), in the sense of talis:
sic vita hominum est (= talis),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
vir acerrimo ingenio—sic enim fuit,
id. Or. 5, 18:
familiaris noster—sic est enim,
id. Att. 1, 18, 6:
sic est vulgus,
id. Rosc. Com. 10, 20:
sic, Crito, est hic,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 16: sic sum;
si placeo, utere,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 42:
sic sententiest,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 90:
sic est (= sic res se habet),
that is so, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 21:
qui sic sunt (i. e. vivunt) haud multum heredem juvant,
id. Hec. 3, 5, 10:
nunc hoc profecto sic est,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 42:
sic est. Non muto sententiam,
Sen. Ep. 10; cf. Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 35; id. Am. 2, 1, 60; id. Aul. 2, 4, 43; id. As. 5, 2, 12; id. Most. 4, 3, 40; Ter. And. 1, 1, 35; id. Eun. 3, 1, 18; id. Ad. 3, 3, 44; Cic. Lael. 1, 5; id. de Or. 1, 19, 86; id. Or. 14, 46.—
6.
Rarely as subject (mostly representing a subject-clause):
sic commodius esse arbitror quam manere hanc (sic = abire),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 31:
si sic (= hoc) est factum, erus damno auctus est,
id. Heaut. 4, 1, 15: Pe. Quid? Concidit? Mi. Sic suspicio est (= eam concidisse), Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 57:
mihi sic est usus (= sic agere),
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 28:
sic opus est (= hoc facere),
Ov. M. 1, 279; 2, 785.—
B.
To express relations other than manner (rare).
1.
Of consequence; un der these circumstances, accordingly, hence:
sic Numitori ad supplicium Remus deditur,
Liv. 1, 5, 4:
sic et habet quod uterque eorum habuit, et explevit quod utrique defuit,
Cic. Brut. 42, 154:
sic victam legem esse, nisi caveant,
Liv. 4, 11, 5:
suavis mihi ructus est. Sic sine modo,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 17. —
2.
Of condition; on this condition, if this be done, etc.:
reliquas illius anni pestes recordamini, sic enim facillime perspicietis, etc.,
Cic. Sest. 25, 55: displiceas aliis;
sic ego tutus ero (sic = si displicebis),
Tib. 4, 13, 6:
Scironis media sic licet ire via (sic = si amantes eunt),
Prop. 4, 15 (3, 16), 12:
sic demum lucos Stygios Aspicies (= non aspicies, nisi hoc facies),
Verg. A. 6, 154 (for sic as antecedent of si, v. infra, IV. 5).—
3.
Of intensity:
non latuit scintilla ingenii: sic erat in omni sermone sollers (= tam sollers erat ut non lateret ingenium),
Cic. Rep. 2, 21, 37; cf. infra, IV. 4.
II.
Referring to a subsequent sentence, thus, as follows, in the following manner (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, hujusmodi, ad hunc modum):
ingressus est sic loqui Scipio: Catonis hoc senis est, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 1 (cf.:
tum Varro ita exorsus est,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 15): hunc inter pugnas Servilius sic compellat, etc., Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4 (Ann. v. 256 Vahl.):
puero sic dicit pater: Noster esto,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 38:
sic faciam: adsimulabo quasi quam culpam in sese admiserint,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 27 dub.:
salem candidum sic facito: amphoram puram impleto, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 88: sic enim dixisti:
Vidi ego tuam lacrimulam,
Cic. Planc. 31, 76:
res autem se sic habet: composite et apte sine sententiis dicere insania est,
the truth is this, id. Or. 71, 236:
sic loquere, sic vive: vide, ne te ulla res deprimat,
Sen. Ep. 10, 4; cf. id. ib. 10, 1; Cato, R. R. 77 sqq.; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 177; Ter. Phorm. prol. 13; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 21, 29; 4, 4, 30; Cic. [p. 1691] Inv. 1, 39, 71; id. Or. 1, 45, 198; 2, 40, 167; 2, 40, 172; id. Att. 2, 22, 1; 5, 1, 3; 6, 1, 3; Verg. A. 1, 521.—
2.
Esp., with ellipsis of predicate:
ego sic: diem statuo, etc. (sc. ago),
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 16.—Sometimes sic introduces detached words: sic loqui nosse, judicasse vetant, novisse jubent et judicavisse (= they forbid to say nosse, etc.), Cic. Or. 47, 157.—
3.
For instance (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, ut hoc, verbi gratia, ut si; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91 sq. infra):
disjunctum est, cum unumquodque certo concluditur verbo,
Auct. Her. 4, 27, 37:
mala definitio est... cum aliquid non grave dicit, sic: Stultitia est immensa gloriae cupiditas,
Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91.
III.
As a local demonstrative, thus, so, etc. (deiktikôs; colloq.;
mostly comice): ne hunc ornatum vos meum admiremini, quod ego processi sic cum servili schema,
as you see me now, Plaut. Am. prol. 117:
sed amictus sic hac ludibundus incessi,
id. Ps. 5, 1, 31:
nec sic per totam infamis traducerer urbem,
Prop. 2, 24 (3, 18), 7:
sic ad me, miserande, redis?
Ov. M. 11, 728; cf. Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 4.—So accompanied with a corresponding gesture:
Quid tu igitur sic hoc digitulis duobus sumebas primoribus?
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 25: Pe. Quid si curram? Tr. Censeo. Pe. An sic potius placide? (the speaker imitating the motion), id. Rud. 4, 8, 10:
non licet te sic placidule bellam belle tangere?
id. ib. 2, 4, 12:
quod non omnia sic poterant conjuncta manere,
Lucr. 5, 441.—
Here belong the phrases sic dedero, sic dabo, sic datur, expressing a threat of revenge, or satisfaction at another's misfortune: sic dedero! aere militari tetigero lenunculum,
I will give it to him, Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 6; id. As. 2, 4, 33:
sic dabo!
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 38:
doletne? hem, sic datur si quis erum servos spernit,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 21:
sic furi datur,
id. Stich. 5, 5, 25; so id. Men. 4, 2, 46.—Referring to an act just performed by the speaker:
sic deinde quicunque alius transiliet moenia mea (= sic pereat, quicunque deinde, etc.),
Liv. 1, 7, 2:
sic eat quaecunque Romana lugebit hostem,
so will every one fare who, id. 1, 26, 5:
sic... Cetera sit fortis castrorum turba tuorum (= sic ut interfeci te),
Ov. M. 12, 285.—So with a comp.-clause expressed:
sic stratas legiones Latinorum dabo, quemadmodum legatum jacentem videtis,
Liv. 8, 6, 6; cf. id. 1, 24, 8 (v. IV. 1. infra).
IV.
As correlative, with, 1. A comparative clause (sic far more frequent than ita); 2. A contrasted clause, mostly with ut; 3. A modal clause, with ut (ita more freq. than sic); 4. A clause expressing intensity, introduced by ut; 5. A conditional clause (rare; ita more freq.); 6. With a reason, introduced by quia (ante-class. and very rare); 7. With an inf. clause; 8. With ut, expressing purpose or result.
1.
With comp. clauses, usu. introduced by ut, but also by quemadmodum (very freq.), sicut, velut, tamquam, quasi, quomodo, quam (rare and poet.), ceu (rare; poet. and post-class.), quantus (rare and poet.), qualis (ante-class. and rare).
(α).
With ut:
ut cibi satietas subamara aliqua re relevatur, sic animus defessus audiendi admiratione redintegratur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 17, 25:
ut non omnem frugem, neque arborem in omni agro reperire possis, sic non omne facinus in omni vita nascitur,
id. Rosc. Am. 27, 75:
ex suo regno sic Mithridates profugit ut ex eodem Ponto Medea quondam profugisse dicitur,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
ut tu nunc de Coriolano, sic Clitarchus de Themistocle finxit,
id. Brut. 11, 42:
sic moneo ut filium, sic faveo ut mihi, sic hortor ut et pro patria et amicissimum,
id. Fam. 10, 5, 3:
ut vita, sic oratione durus fuit,
id. Brut. 31, 117:
de Lentulo sic fero ut debeo,
id. Att. 4, 6, 1:
sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40; Cic. Inv. 2, 8, 28; id. Div. 2, 30, 93; id. de Or. 1, 33, 153; 3, 51, 198; Liv. 1, 47, 2; 2, 52, 7; Ov. M. 1, 495; 1, 539; 2, 165 et saep.—So in the formula ut quisque... sic (more freq. ita), rendered by according as, or the more... the...:
ut quisque rem accurat suam, sic ei procedunt postprincipia denique,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 3:
ut quaeque res est tur pissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
Cic. Caecin. 2, 7; v. Fischer, Gr. II. p. 751.—
(β).
With quemadmodum: quemadmodum tibicen sine tibiis canere, sic orator, nisi multitudine audiente, eloquens esse non potest, Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:
quemadmodum se tribuni gessissent in prohibendo dilectu, sic patres in lege prohibenda gerebant,
Liv. 3, 11, 3:
sic vestras hallucinationes fero, quemadmodum Juppiter ineptias poetarum,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 6; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 23, 33; 2, 8, 28; 2, 27, 82; id. Or. 3, 52, 200; id. Lael. 4, 16; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5; Liv. 2, 13, 8; 5, 3, 8; Sen. Ep. 5, 6 (bis); id. Clem. 1, 3, 5; id. Vit. Beat. 23, 4.—
(γ).
With sicut:
tecum simul, sicut ego pro multis, sic ille pro Appio dixit,
Cic. Brut. 64, 230; 46, 112; id. Or. 2, 44, 186; id. Clu. 2; Caes. B. G. 6, 30; Liv. 4, 57, 11; 7, 13, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 2.—
(δ).
With velut:
velut ipse in re trepida se sit tutatus, sic consulem loca tutiora castris cepisse,
Liv. 4, 41, 6; cf. Cic. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; Verg. A. 1, 148; Ov. M. 4, 375; 4, 705.—
(ε).
With tamquam:
tamquam litteris in cera, sic se ajebat imaginibus quae meminisse vellet, perscribere,
Cic. Or. 2, 88, 360:
quid autem ego sic adhuc egi, tamquam integra sit causa patriciorum?
Liv. 10, 8:
sic Ephesi fui, tamquam domi meae,
Cic. Fam. 13, 69, 1; cf. id. Or. 2, 42, 180; id. Brut. 18, 71; 58, 213; 66, 235; 74, 258; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 16; 2, 14, 1; id. Prov. Cons. 12, 31; Sen. Ep. 101, 7.—
(ζ).
With quasi:
hujus innocentiae sic in hac calamitosa fama, quasi in aliqua perniciosissima flamma subvenire,
Cic. Clu. 1, 4:
ea sic observabo quasi intercalatum non sit,
id. Att. 6, 1, 12:
Quid tu me sic salutas quasi dudum non videris?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 51; cf. Cic. Or. 2, 11, 47; id. Inv. 1, 3, 4; id. Sen. 8, 26:
ego sic vivam quasi sciam, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 3.—
(η).
With quomodo:
quomodo nomen in militiam non daret debilis, sic ad iter quod inhabile sciat, non accedet,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 3 (30), 4:
sic demus quomodo vellemus accipere,
id. Ben. 2, 1, 1; id. Ep. 9, 17; id. Ot. Sap. 6, 2 (32 med.); Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 4, 4.—
(θ).
With ceu:
ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent... sic Martem indomitum Cernimus,
Verg. A. 2, 438.—
(ι).
With quam:
non sic incerto mutantur flamine Syrtes, quam cito feminea non constat foedus in ira,
Prop. 2, 9, 33; Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 281.—
(κ).
With quantus:
nec sic errore laetatus Ulixes... nec sic Electra... quanta ego collegi gaudia,
Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 5 sqq.—
(λ).
With qualis:
imo sic condignum donum quali'st quoi dono datum est,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 40.—
(μ).
Without a correlative particle, in an independent sentence:
Quis potione uti aut cibo dulci diutius potest? sic omnibus in rebus voluptatibus maximis fastidium finitimum est (= ut nemo cibo dulci uti diutius potest, sic, etc.),
Cic. Or. 3, 25, 100; cf. id. ib. 19, 63.—
2.
In contrasted clauses, mostly with ut, which may generally be rendered while: ut ad bella suscipienda Gallorum acer ac promptus est animus, sic mollis ad calamitates perferendas mens eorum est (almost = etsi ad bella suscipienda... tamen mollis est, etc., while, etc.), Caes. B. G. 3, 19: a ceteris oblectationibus ut deseror, sic litteris sustentor et recreor, while I am deserted, I am sustained, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 10, 1; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 18, 55; id. Fam. 10, 20, 2; Liv. 4, 57, 11; Ov. M. 4, 131; 11, 76.—So freq. two members of the same sentence are coordinated by ut... sic (ita) with almost the same force as a co-ordination by cum... tum, or by sed:
consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen respondit (= vere fortasse, sed parum utiliter),
Liv. 4, 6, 2:
ut nondum satis claram victoriam, sic prosperae spei pugnam imber diremit,
id. 6, 32, 6:
(forma erat) ut non cygnorum, sic albis proxima cygnis,
Ov. M. 14, 509; cf. Liv. 1, 27, 2; 5, 38, 2; 6, 6, 10; Ov. M. 1, 370.—In this use etiam or quoque is sometimes joined with sic (never by Cic. with ita):
nostri sensus, ut in pace semper, sic tum etiam in bello congruebant (= cum... tum),
Cic. Marcell. 6, 16:
ut sunt, sic etiam nominantur senes,
id. Sen. 6, 20:
utinam ut culpam, sic etiam suspitionem vitare potuisses,
id. Phil. 1, 13, 33:
ut superiorum aetatum studia occidunt, sic occidunt etiam senectutis,
id. Sen. 20, 76:
ut voce, sic etiam oratione,
id. Or. 25, 85; id. Top. 15, 59; id. Leg. 2, 25, 62; id. Lael. 5, 19.—More rarely with quem ad modum, quomodo:
ut, quem ad modum est, sic etiam appelletur tyrannus,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 2:
quo modo ad bene vivendum, sic etiam ad beate,
id. Tusc. 3, 17, 37. —
3.
With a clause of manner introduced by ut = so that:
sic fuimus semper comparati ut hominum sermonibus quasi in aliquod judicium vocaremur,
Cic. Or. 3, 9, 32:
eam sic audio ut Plautum mihi aut Naevium videar audire,
id. ib. 3, 12, 45:
sic agam vobiscum ut aliquid de vestris vitiis audiatis,
id. ib. 3, 12, 46:
omnia sic suppetunt ut ei nullam deesse virtutem oratoris putem,
id. Brut. 71, 250:
omnis pars orationis esse debet laudabilis, sic ut verbum nullum excidat,
id. Or. 36, 125:
sic tecum agam ut vel respondendi vel interpellandi potestatem faciam,
id. Rosc. Am. 27, 73:
nec vero sic erat umquam non paratus Milo contra illum ut non satis fere esset paratus,
id. Mil. 21, 56:
sic eum eo de re publica disputavit ut sentiret sibi cum viro forti esse pugnandum,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; cf. Plaut. As. 2, 4, 49; id. Mil. 2, 2, 82; Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 245; 2, 1, 3; 2, 6, 23; id. Brut. 22, 88; 40, 148; id. Sest. 40, 87; id. Planc. 10, 25; id. Fam. 5, 15, 4; Caes. B. G. 2, 32; 5, 17; id. B. C. 3, 56; Prop. 1, 21, 5.—Sometimes the correlative clause is restrictive, and sic = but so, yet so, only so:
mihi sic placuit ut cetera Antisthenis, hominis acuti magis quam eruditi,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 4:
sic conveniet reprehendi, ut demonstretur etc.,
id. Inv. 1, 46, 86; id. Brut. 79, 274; id. Marcell. 11, 34; id. Att. 13, 3, 1 (ita is more freq. in this sense).—
4.
With a clause expressing intensity (so both with adjj. and verbs; but far less freq. than ita, tam, adeo), to such a degree, so, so far, etc.:
sic ego illum in timorem dabo, ipse sese ut neget esse eum qui siet,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 20 sq.:
conficior lacrimis sic ut ferre non possim,
Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 1:
sic rem fuisse apertam ut judicium fieri nihil attinuerit,
id. Inv. 2, 28, 84:
cujus responso judices sic exarserunt ut capitis hominem innocentissimum condemnarent,
id. Or. 1, 54, 233; cf. id. ib. 3, 8, 29; id. Brut. 88, 302; id. Or. 53, 177; 55, 184; id. Rep. 2, 21, 37; 3, 9, 15; id. Lael. 1, 4; id. Planc. 8, 21; id. Verr. 1, 36, 91; id. Balb. 5, 13; id. Att. 1, 8, 2; 1, 16, 1; Caes. B. G. 6, 41; Hor. S. 2, 3, 1.—
5.
Rarely conditional clauses have the antecedent sic.
a.
Poet. and in post-Aug. prose, to represent the result of the condition as sure:
sic invidiam effugies, si te non ingesseris oculis, si bona tua non jactaveris, si scieris in sinu gaudere,
Sen. Ep. 105, 3:
sic hodie veniet si qua negavit heri,
Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 20.—
b.
Denoting with the proviso that, but only if (usu. ita):
decreverunt ut cum populus regem jussisset, id sic ratum esset si patres auctores fuissent,
that the choice should be valid, but only if the Senate should ratify it, Liv. 1, 17, 9:
sic ignovisse putato Me tibi si cenes hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 69.—
6.
Sic quia = idcirco quia (very rare): Th. Quid vos? Insanin' estis? Tr. Quidum? Th. Sic quia foris ambulatis, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 20.—
7.
With inf. clause (freq.):
sic igitur sentio, naturam primum atque ingenium ad dicendum vim afferre maximam,
Cic. Or. 1, 25, 113:
sic a majoribus nostris accepimus, praetorem quaestori suo parentis loco esse oportere,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61:
ego sic existimo, in summo imperatore quattuor res inesse oportere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 38; cf. Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 5; Cic. Inv. 2, 55, 167; id. de Or. 1, 20, 93; 2, 28, 122; id. Brut. 36, 138; 41, 152; id. Div. in Caecil. 3, 10; id. Verr. 1, 7, 20; Liv. 5, 15, 11.—Esp., after sic habeto (habe, habeas) = scito (only Ciceron.):
sic habeto, in eum statum tuum reditum incidere ut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 1; so id. ib. 1, 7, 3; 2, 6, 5; 2, 10, 1; 7, 18, 1; 9, 16, 2; id. Att. 2, 25, 1; 5, 1, 5; 5, 20, 1 et saep.—
8.
With ut, expressing purpose or result:
nunc sic faciam, sic consilium est, ad erum ut veniam docte atque astu,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 23:
ab Ariobarzane sic contendi ut talenta, quae mihi pollicebatur, illi daret,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 3:
sic accidit ut ex tanto navium numero nulla omnino navis... desideraretur,
Caes. B. G. 5, 23; cf. Cato, R. R. 1, 1; Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4; id. Or. 2, 67, 271.
V.
Idiomatic usages of sic.
1.
In a wish, expressed as a conclusion after an imperative ( poet.):
parce: sic bene sub tenera parva quiescat humo (= si parces, bene quiescat),
Tib. 2, 6, 30:
annue: sic tibi sint intonsi, Phoebe, capilli,
id. 2, 5, 121:
pone, precor, fastus... Sic tibi nec vernum nascentia frigus adurat Poma, nec excutiant rapidi florentia venti,
Ov. M. 14, 762: dic [p. 1692] mihi de nostra quae sentis vera puella:
Sic tibi sint dominae, Lygdame, dempta juga,
Prop. 4, 5, 1; Tib. 2, 6, 30.—The imperative may follow the clause with sic:
sic tua Cyrneas fugiant examina taxos... Incipe (sc. cantare) si quid habes (= si incipies cantare, opto tibi ut tua examina, etc.),
Verg. E. 9, 30:
sic tibi (Arethusa) Doris amara suam non intermisceat undam: Incipe (= si incipies, opto tibi ut Doris, etc.),
id. ib. 10, 4:
sic mare compositum, sic sit tibi piscis in unda Credulus... Dic ubi sit,
Ov. M. 8, 857; Sen. Troad. 702; cf.:
sic te Diva potens Cypri... Ventorumque regat pater, Navis... Reddas incolumem Vergilium (= si tu, navis, reddes Vergilium, prosperum precor tibi cursum),
Hor. C. 1, 3, 1; cf.
also: sic venias hodierne: tibi dem turis honores (=si venies, tibi dem),
Tib. 1, 7, 53; cf. Ov. H. 3, 135; 4, 148.—
2.
Sic (like ita) with ut in strong asseveration ( poet.):
sic me di amabunt, ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum (= by the love of the gods, I pity, etc.),
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54:
Diespiter me sic amabit ut ego hanc familiam interire cupio,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 47:
sic has deus aequoris artes Adjuvet, ut nemo jamdudum littore in isto constitit,
Ov. M. 8, 866:
sic mihi te referas levis, ut non altera nostro limine intulit ulla pedes,
Prop. 1, 18, 11; cf. id. 3, 15 (4, 14), 1; cf.:
vera cano, sic usque sacras innoxia laurus vescar,
Tib. 2, 5, 63.—
3.
In a demonstrative temporal force, like the Gr. houtôs, so, as the matter stands now, as it now is, as it then was, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
e Graecis cavendae sunt quaedam familiaritates, praeter hominum perpaucorum, si qui sunt vetere Graecia digni. Sic vero fallaces sunt permulti et leves,
but as things now stand, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5, § 16:
at sic citius qui te expedias his aerumnis reperias,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 8: Pe. Pol tibi istuc credo nomen actutum fore. Tr. Dum interea sic sit, istuc actutum sino, provided it be as it is, Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 71:
quotiens hoc tibi ego interdixi, meam ne sic volgo pollicitarere operam,
thus, as you are doing now, id. Mil. 4, 2, 65:
si utrumvis tibi visus essem, Non sic ludibrio tuis factis habitus essem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 11:
non sic nudos in flumen deicere (voluerunt),
naked, as they are, Cic. Rosc. Am. 26, 71:
sub alta platano... jacentes sic temere,
Hor. C. 2, 11, 14.—Esp., with sine and abl.:
me germanam meam sororem tibi sic sine dote dedisse,
so as she is, without a dowry, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 65:
sic sine malo,
id. Rud. 3, 5, 2:
at operam perire meam sic... perpeti nequeo,
without result, id. Trin. 3, 2, 34 Ritschl, Fleck. (Brix omits sic): nec sic de nihilo fulminis ira cadit (= without cause), Prop. 2, 16 (3, 8), 52: mirabar hoc si sic abiret, so, i. e. without trouble, Ter. And. 1, 2, 4:
hoc non poterit sic abire,
Cic. Fin. 5, 3, 7; so,
sic abire,
id. Att. 14, 1, 1; Cat. 14, 16; Plaut. Men. 5, 7, 39. —Hence,
(β).
With imperatives, esp. with sine: Quid ego hoc faciam postea? sic sine eumpse, just let him alone, i. e. leave him as he is, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:
si non vult (numerare), sic sine adstet,
id. As. 2, 4, 54:
sine fores sic, abi,
let the door alone, id. Men. 2, 3, 1; so id. Cas. 3, 6, 36; id. Ps. 1, 5, 62.—
(γ).
Pregn., implying a concession (= kai houtôs), even as it is now, even without doing so, in spite of it:
nolo bis iterare, sat sic longae fiunt fabulae,
narratives are long enough anyhow, as they are, without saying them twice over, Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 154:
sed sic quoque erat tamen Acis,
even as it was, in spite of what has been said, Ov. M. 13, 896; so,
sic quoque fallebat,
id. ib. 1, 698:
sed sic me et libertatis fructu privas et diligentiae,
anyhow, not taking into account what is mentioned, Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 4: exhibeas molestiam si quid debeam, qui nunc sic tam es molestus, who art so troublesome even as it is, i. e. without my owing you any thing, Plaut. Pers. 2, 44:
sic quoque parte plebis affecta, fides tamen publica potior senatui fuit,
Liv. 7, 27; cf. Ov. F. 2, 642; Suet. Aug. 78.—
4.
Ellipt., referring to something in the mind of the speaker:
Quod si hoc nunc sic incipiam? Nihil est. Quod si sic? Tantumdem egero. At sic opinor? Non potest,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 8: illa quae aliis sic, aliis secus videntur, to some in one way, to others in another (= aliis aliter), Cic. Leg. 1, 17, 47: Quid vini absumpsit! Sic hoc dicens, asperum hoc est, aliud lenius, = this wine is so (the speaker not saying what he thinks of it), Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 49: deinde quod illa (quae ego dixi) sive faceta sunt, sive sic, fiunt narrante te venustissima, or so, i. e. or otherwise, Cic. Fam. 15, 21, 2:
monitorem non desiderabit qui dicat, Sic incede, sic cena... sic amico utere, sic cive, sic socio,
Sen. Ep. 114.—
5.
In answers, yes = the French, Italian, and Spanish si (ante - class. and rare): Ph. Phaniam relictam ais? Ge. Sic, Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 2: De. Illa maneat? Ch. Sic, id. ib. 5, 3, 30: Ch. Sicine est sententia? Me. Sic, id. Heaut. 1, 1, 114.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sic

18 sice

sīc (old form sīce, Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 12; also seic, C. I. L. 818), adv. [for si - ce; si, locat. form of pron. stem sa- = Gr. ho, ha, or hê, and demonstr. -ce; v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, 777], so, thus, in this or that manner, in such a manner, in the same way or manner, in like manner, likewise, to this or that extent or degree, to such a degree, in this or that state or condition, in such a condition (syn. ita); sic refers, I. To a previous fact, description, or assumption.—II. To a subsequent independent sentence, = thus, as follows. —III. As a local demonstrative (deiktikôs), referring to something done or pointed out by the speaker, = thus, as I do it; thus, as you see, etc.—IV. As a correlative, preceding or following clauses introduced by conjunctions. —V. In certain idiomatic connections.
I.
Referring to something said before, = hoc modo: sic ille annus duo firmamenta rei publicae evertit, so, i. e. in the manner mentioned, Cic. Att. 1, 18, 3:
sic et nata et progressa eloquentia videtur,
id. Inv. 1, 2, 3:
facinus indignum Sic circumiri,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 9:
sic deinceps omne opus contexitur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 23:
arare mavelim quam sic amare,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 21:
sic se res habet,
Cic. Brut. 18, 71:
sic regii constiterant,
Liv. 42, 58:
sic res Romana in antiquum statum rediit,
id. 3, 9, 1:
sic ad Alpes perventum est,
Tac. H. 1, 84; cf. Enn. Ann. 1, 104; Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 88; Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 11; Cic. Inv. 1, 46, 86; 2, 32, 100; id. de Or. 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 201; 3, 29, 117; id. Brut. 40, 149; id. Rep. 2, 14, 27; 2, 20, 35; id. Lael. 9, 32; Liv. 4, 11, 5; 6, 17, 1; Caes. B. G. 3, 19; 6, 30; 7, 62.—Often sic does not qualify the main predicate, but a participle or adjective referring to it:
sic igitur instructus veniat ad causas,
Cic. Or. 34, 121:
cum sic affectos dimisisset,
Liv. 21, 43, 1:
sic omnibus copiis fusis se in castra recipiunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 6:
sic milites consolatus eodem die reducit in castra,
id. ib. 7, 19; cf. id. ib. 7, 62; Ov. M. 1, 32.—
2.
In a parenthet. clause (= ita):
quae, ut sic dicam, ad corpus pertinent civitatis,
so to speak, Cic. Inv. 2, 56, 168:
commentabar declamitans—sic enim nunc loquuntur,
id. Brut. 90, 310; cf. id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. Lael. 11, 39; Liv. 7, 31; Ov. M. 4, 660; 13, 597; 13, 866.—
3.
Referring not to the predicate, but to some intermediate term understood (= ita; cf.
Engl. so): sic provolant duo Fabii (= sic loquentes),
Liv. 2, 46, 7:
sic enim nostrae rationes postulabant (sic = ut sic agerem),
Cic. Att. 4, 2, 6:
tibi enim ipsi sic video placere (sic = sic faciendo),
id. ib. 4, 6, 2:
sic enim concedis mihi proximis litteris (= ut sic agam),
id. ib. 5, 20, 1:
sic enim statuerat (= hoc faciendum esse),
id. Phil. 5, 7, 208:
Quid igitur? Non sic oportet? Equidem censeo sic (sic = hoc fieri),
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1:
sic soleo (i. e. bona consilia reddere),
Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 25:
sic soleo amicos (i. e. beare),
id. Eun. 2, 2, 48:
sic memini tamen (= hoc ita esse),
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 48:
haec sic audivi (= ita esse),
id. Ep. 3, 1, 79:
sic prorsus existimo (= hoc ita esse),
Cic. Brut. 33, 125:
quoniam sic cogitis ipsi (= hoc facere),
Ov. M. 5, 178.—
4.
As completing object, = hoc:
iis litteris respondebo: sic enim postulas (= hoc postulas),
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 1:
hic adsiste. Sic volo (= hoc volo, or hoc te facere volo),
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 15:
sic fata jubent (= hoc jubent, or hoc facere jubent),
Ov. M. 15, 584:
hic apud nos hodie cenes. Sic face,
Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 8:
sic faciendum est,
Cic. Att. 4, 6, 2.—
5.
Predicatively with esse (appellari, videri, etc.), in the sense of talis:
sic vita hominum est (= talis),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
vir acerrimo ingenio—sic enim fuit,
id. Or. 5, 18:
familiaris noster—sic est enim,
id. Att. 1, 18, 6:
sic est vulgus,
id. Rosc. Com. 10, 20:
sic, Crito, est hic,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 16: sic sum;
si placeo, utere,
id. Phorm. 3, 2, 42:
sic sententiest,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 90:
sic est (= sic res se habet),
that is so, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 21:
qui sic sunt (i. e. vivunt) haud multum heredem juvant,
id. Hec. 3, 5, 10:
nunc hoc profecto sic est,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 42:
sic est. Non muto sententiam,
Sen. Ep. 10; cf. Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 35; id. Am. 2, 1, 60; id. Aul. 2, 4, 43; id. As. 5, 2, 12; id. Most. 4, 3, 40; Ter. And. 1, 1, 35; id. Eun. 3, 1, 18; id. Ad. 3, 3, 44; Cic. Lael. 1, 5; id. de Or. 1, 19, 86; id. Or. 14, 46.—
6.
Rarely as subject (mostly representing a subject-clause):
sic commodius esse arbitror quam manere hanc (sic = abire),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 31:
si sic (= hoc) est factum, erus damno auctus est,
id. Heaut. 4, 1, 15: Pe. Quid? Concidit? Mi. Sic suspicio est (= eam concidisse), Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 57:
mihi sic est usus (= sic agere),
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 28:
sic opus est (= hoc facere),
Ov. M. 1, 279; 2, 785.—
B.
To express relations other than manner (rare).
1.
Of consequence; un der these circumstances, accordingly, hence:
sic Numitori ad supplicium Remus deditur,
Liv. 1, 5, 4:
sic et habet quod uterque eorum habuit, et explevit quod utrique defuit,
Cic. Brut. 42, 154:
sic victam legem esse, nisi caveant,
Liv. 4, 11, 5:
suavis mihi ructus est. Sic sine modo,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 17. —
2.
Of condition; on this condition, if this be done, etc.:
reliquas illius anni pestes recordamini, sic enim facillime perspicietis, etc.,
Cic. Sest. 25, 55: displiceas aliis;
sic ego tutus ero (sic = si displicebis),
Tib. 4, 13, 6:
Scironis media sic licet ire via (sic = si amantes eunt),
Prop. 4, 15 (3, 16), 12:
sic demum lucos Stygios Aspicies (= non aspicies, nisi hoc facies),
Verg. A. 6, 154 (for sic as antecedent of si, v. infra, IV. 5).—
3.
Of intensity:
non latuit scintilla ingenii: sic erat in omni sermone sollers (= tam sollers erat ut non lateret ingenium),
Cic. Rep. 2, 21, 37; cf. infra, IV. 4.
II.
Referring to a subsequent sentence, thus, as follows, in the following manner (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, hujusmodi, ad hunc modum):
ingressus est sic loqui Scipio: Catonis hoc senis est, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 1 (cf.:
tum Varro ita exorsus est,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 15): hunc inter pugnas Servilius sic compellat, etc., Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4, 4 (Ann. v. 256 Vahl.):
puero sic dicit pater: Noster esto,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 38:
sic faciam: adsimulabo quasi quam culpam in sese admiserint,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 27 dub.:
salem candidum sic facito: amphoram puram impleto, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 88: sic enim dixisti:
Vidi ego tuam lacrimulam,
Cic. Planc. 31, 76:
res autem se sic habet: composite et apte sine sententiis dicere insania est,
the truth is this, id. Or. 71, 236:
sic loquere, sic vive: vide, ne te ulla res deprimat,
Sen. Ep. 10, 4; cf. id. ib. 10, 1; Cato, R. R. 77 sqq.; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 177; Ter. Phorm. prol. 13; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 21, 29; 4, 4, 30; Cic. [p. 1691] Inv. 1, 39, 71; id. Or. 1, 45, 198; 2, 40, 167; 2, 40, 172; id. Att. 2, 22, 1; 5, 1, 3; 6, 1, 3; Verg. A. 1, 521.—
2.
Esp., with ellipsis of predicate:
ego sic: diem statuo, etc. (sc. ago),
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 16.—Sometimes sic introduces detached words: sic loqui nosse, judicasse vetant, novisse jubent et judicavisse (= they forbid to say nosse, etc.), Cic. Or. 47, 157.—
3.
For instance (= hoc modo, hoc pacto, ut hoc, verbi gratia, ut si; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91 sq. infra):
disjunctum est, cum unumquodque certo concluditur verbo,
Auct. Her. 4, 27, 37:
mala definitio est... cum aliquid non grave dicit, sic: Stultitia est immensa gloriae cupiditas,
Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 91.
III.
As a local demonstrative, thus, so, etc. (deiktikôs; colloq.;
mostly comice): ne hunc ornatum vos meum admiremini, quod ego processi sic cum servili schema,
as you see me now, Plaut. Am. prol. 117:
sed amictus sic hac ludibundus incessi,
id. Ps. 5, 1, 31:
nec sic per totam infamis traducerer urbem,
Prop. 2, 24 (3, 18), 7:
sic ad me, miserande, redis?
Ov. M. 11, 728; cf. Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 4.—So accompanied with a corresponding gesture:
Quid tu igitur sic hoc digitulis duobus sumebas primoribus?
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 25: Pe. Quid si curram? Tr. Censeo. Pe. An sic potius placide? (the speaker imitating the motion), id. Rud. 4, 8, 10:
non licet te sic placidule bellam belle tangere?
id. ib. 2, 4, 12:
quod non omnia sic poterant conjuncta manere,
Lucr. 5, 441.—
Here belong the phrases sic dedero, sic dabo, sic datur, expressing a threat of revenge, or satisfaction at another's misfortune: sic dedero! aere militari tetigero lenunculum,
I will give it to him, Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 6; id. As. 2, 4, 33:
sic dabo!
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 38:
doletne? hem, sic datur si quis erum servos spernit,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 21:
sic furi datur,
id. Stich. 5, 5, 25; so id. Men. 4, 2, 46.—Referring to an act just performed by the speaker:
sic deinde quicunque alius transiliet moenia mea (= sic pereat, quicunque deinde, etc.),
Liv. 1, 7, 2:
sic eat quaecunque Romana lugebit hostem,
so will every one fare who, id. 1, 26, 5:
sic... Cetera sit fortis castrorum turba tuorum (= sic ut interfeci te),
Ov. M. 12, 285.—So with a comp.-clause expressed:
sic stratas legiones Latinorum dabo, quemadmodum legatum jacentem videtis,
Liv. 8, 6, 6; cf. id. 1, 24, 8 (v. IV. 1. infra).
IV.
As correlative, with, 1. A comparative clause (sic far more frequent than ita); 2. A contrasted clause, mostly with ut; 3. A modal clause, with ut (ita more freq. than sic); 4. A clause expressing intensity, introduced by ut; 5. A conditional clause (rare; ita more freq.); 6. With a reason, introduced by quia (ante-class. and very rare); 7. With an inf. clause; 8. With ut, expressing purpose or result.
1.
With comp. clauses, usu. introduced by ut, but also by quemadmodum (very freq.), sicut, velut, tamquam, quasi, quomodo, quam (rare and poet.), ceu (rare; poet. and post-class.), quantus (rare and poet.), qualis (ante-class. and rare).
(α).
With ut:
ut cibi satietas subamara aliqua re relevatur, sic animus defessus audiendi admiratione redintegratur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 17, 25:
ut non omnem frugem, neque arborem in omni agro reperire possis, sic non omne facinus in omni vita nascitur,
id. Rosc. Am. 27, 75:
ex suo regno sic Mithridates profugit ut ex eodem Ponto Medea quondam profugisse dicitur,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
ut tu nunc de Coriolano, sic Clitarchus de Themistocle finxit,
id. Brut. 11, 42:
sic moneo ut filium, sic faveo ut mihi, sic hortor ut et pro patria et amicissimum,
id. Fam. 10, 5, 3:
ut vita, sic oratione durus fuit,
id. Brut. 31, 117:
de Lentulo sic fero ut debeo,
id. Att. 4, 6, 1:
sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40; Cic. Inv. 2, 8, 28; id. Div. 2, 30, 93; id. de Or. 1, 33, 153; 3, 51, 198; Liv. 1, 47, 2; 2, 52, 7; Ov. M. 1, 495; 1, 539; 2, 165 et saep.—So in the formula ut quisque... sic (more freq. ita), rendered by according as, or the more... the...:
ut quisque rem accurat suam, sic ei procedunt postprincipia denique,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 3:
ut quaeque res est tur pissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
Cic. Caecin. 2, 7; v. Fischer, Gr. II. p. 751.—
(β).
With quemadmodum: quemadmodum tibicen sine tibiis canere, sic orator, nisi multitudine audiente, eloquens esse non potest, Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:
quemadmodum se tribuni gessissent in prohibendo dilectu, sic patres in lege prohibenda gerebant,
Liv. 3, 11, 3:
sic vestras hallucinationes fero, quemadmodum Juppiter ineptias poetarum,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 6; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 23, 33; 2, 8, 28; 2, 27, 82; id. Or. 3, 52, 200; id. Lael. 4, 16; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5; Liv. 2, 13, 8; 5, 3, 8; Sen. Ep. 5, 6 (bis); id. Clem. 1, 3, 5; id. Vit. Beat. 23, 4.—
(γ).
With sicut:
tecum simul, sicut ego pro multis, sic ille pro Appio dixit,
Cic. Brut. 64, 230; 46, 112; id. Or. 2, 44, 186; id. Clu. 2; Caes. B. G. 6, 30; Liv. 4, 57, 11; 7, 13, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 2.—
(δ).
With velut:
velut ipse in re trepida se sit tutatus, sic consulem loca tutiora castris cepisse,
Liv. 4, 41, 6; cf. Cic. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; Verg. A. 1, 148; Ov. M. 4, 375; 4, 705.—
(ε).
With tamquam:
tamquam litteris in cera, sic se ajebat imaginibus quae meminisse vellet, perscribere,
Cic. Or. 2, 88, 360:
quid autem ego sic adhuc egi, tamquam integra sit causa patriciorum?
Liv. 10, 8:
sic Ephesi fui, tamquam domi meae,
Cic. Fam. 13, 69, 1; cf. id. Or. 2, 42, 180; id. Brut. 18, 71; 58, 213; 66, 235; 74, 258; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 16; 2, 14, 1; id. Prov. Cons. 12, 31; Sen. Ep. 101, 7.—
(ζ).
With quasi:
hujus innocentiae sic in hac calamitosa fama, quasi in aliqua perniciosissima flamma subvenire,
Cic. Clu. 1, 4:
ea sic observabo quasi intercalatum non sit,
id. Att. 6, 1, 12:
Quid tu me sic salutas quasi dudum non videris?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 51; cf. Cic. Or. 2, 11, 47; id. Inv. 1, 3, 4; id. Sen. 8, 26:
ego sic vivam quasi sciam, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 3.—
(η).
With quomodo:
quomodo nomen in militiam non daret debilis, sic ad iter quod inhabile sciat, non accedet,
Sen. Ot. Sap. 3 (30), 4:
sic demus quomodo vellemus accipere,
id. Ben. 2, 1, 1; id. Ep. 9, 17; id. Ot. Sap. 6, 2 (32 med.); Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 4, 4.—
(θ).
With ceu:
ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent... sic Martem indomitum Cernimus,
Verg. A. 2, 438.—
(ι).
With quam:
non sic incerto mutantur flamine Syrtes, quam cito feminea non constat foedus in ira,
Prop. 2, 9, 33; Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 281.—
(κ).
With quantus:
nec sic errore laetatus Ulixes... nec sic Electra... quanta ego collegi gaudia,
Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 5 sqq.—
(λ).
With qualis:
imo sic condignum donum quali'st quoi dono datum est,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 40.—
(μ).
Without a correlative particle, in an independent sentence:
Quis potione uti aut cibo dulci diutius potest? sic omnibus in rebus voluptatibus maximis fastidium finitimum est (= ut nemo cibo dulci uti diutius potest, sic, etc.),
Cic. Or. 3, 25, 100; cf. id. ib. 19, 63.—
2.
In contrasted clauses, mostly with ut, which may generally be rendered while: ut ad bella suscipienda Gallorum acer ac promptus est animus, sic mollis ad calamitates perferendas mens eorum est (almost = etsi ad bella suscipienda... tamen mollis est, etc., while, etc.), Caes. B. G. 3, 19: a ceteris oblectationibus ut deseror, sic litteris sustentor et recreor, while I am deserted, I am sustained, etc., Cic. Att. 4, 10, 1; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 18, 55; id. Fam. 10, 20, 2; Liv. 4, 57, 11; Ov. M. 4, 131; 11, 76.—So freq. two members of the same sentence are coordinated by ut... sic (ita) with almost the same force as a co-ordination by cum... tum, or by sed:
consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen respondit (= vere fortasse, sed parum utiliter),
Liv. 4, 6, 2:
ut nondum satis claram victoriam, sic prosperae spei pugnam imber diremit,
id. 6, 32, 6:
(forma erat) ut non cygnorum, sic albis proxima cygnis,
Ov. M. 14, 509; cf. Liv. 1, 27, 2; 5, 38, 2; 6, 6, 10; Ov. M. 1, 370.—In this use etiam or quoque is sometimes joined with sic (never by Cic. with ita):
nostri sensus, ut in pace semper, sic tum etiam in bello congruebant (= cum... tum),
Cic. Marcell. 6, 16:
ut sunt, sic etiam nominantur senes,
id. Sen. 6, 20:
utinam ut culpam, sic etiam suspitionem vitare potuisses,
id. Phil. 1, 13, 33:
ut superiorum aetatum studia occidunt, sic occidunt etiam senectutis,
id. Sen. 20, 76:
ut voce, sic etiam oratione,
id. Or. 25, 85; id. Top. 15, 59; id. Leg. 2, 25, 62; id. Lael. 5, 19.—More rarely with quem ad modum, quomodo:
ut, quem ad modum est, sic etiam appelletur tyrannus,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 2:
quo modo ad bene vivendum, sic etiam ad beate,
id. Tusc. 3, 17, 37. —
3.
With a clause of manner introduced by ut = so that:
sic fuimus semper comparati ut hominum sermonibus quasi in aliquod judicium vocaremur,
Cic. Or. 3, 9, 32:
eam sic audio ut Plautum mihi aut Naevium videar audire,
id. ib. 3, 12, 45:
sic agam vobiscum ut aliquid de vestris vitiis audiatis,
id. ib. 3, 12, 46:
omnia sic suppetunt ut ei nullam deesse virtutem oratoris putem,
id. Brut. 71, 250:
omnis pars orationis esse debet laudabilis, sic ut verbum nullum excidat,
id. Or. 36, 125:
sic tecum agam ut vel respondendi vel interpellandi potestatem faciam,
id. Rosc. Am. 27, 73:
nec vero sic erat umquam non paratus Milo contra illum ut non satis fere esset paratus,
id. Mil. 21, 56:
sic eum eo de re publica disputavit ut sentiret sibi cum viro forti esse pugnandum,
id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; cf. Plaut. As. 2, 4, 49; id. Mil. 2, 2, 82; Cic. de Or. 1, 57, 245; 2, 1, 3; 2, 6, 23; id. Brut. 22, 88; 40, 148; id. Sest. 40, 87; id. Planc. 10, 25; id. Fam. 5, 15, 4; Caes. B. G. 2, 32; 5, 17; id. B. C. 3, 56; Prop. 1, 21, 5.—Sometimes the correlative clause is restrictive, and sic = but so, yet so, only so:
mihi sic placuit ut cetera Antisthenis, hominis acuti magis quam eruditi,
Cic. Att. 12, 38, 4:
sic conveniet reprehendi, ut demonstretur etc.,
id. Inv. 1, 46, 86; id. Brut. 79, 274; id. Marcell. 11, 34; id. Att. 13, 3, 1 (ita is more freq. in this sense).—
4.
With a clause expressing intensity (so both with adjj. and verbs; but far less freq. than ita, tam, adeo), to such a degree, so, so far, etc.:
sic ego illum in timorem dabo, ipse sese ut neget esse eum qui siet,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 20 sq.:
conficior lacrimis sic ut ferre non possim,
Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 1:
sic rem fuisse apertam ut judicium fieri nihil attinuerit,
id. Inv. 2, 28, 84:
cujus responso judices sic exarserunt ut capitis hominem innocentissimum condemnarent,
id. Or. 1, 54, 233; cf. id. ib. 3, 8, 29; id. Brut. 88, 302; id. Or. 53, 177; 55, 184; id. Rep. 2, 21, 37; 3, 9, 15; id. Lael. 1, 4; id. Planc. 8, 21; id. Verr. 1, 36, 91; id. Balb. 5, 13; id. Att. 1, 8, 2; 1, 16, 1; Caes. B. G. 6, 41; Hor. S. 2, 3, 1.—
5.
Rarely conditional clauses have the antecedent sic.
a.
Poet. and in post-Aug. prose, to represent the result of the condition as sure:
sic invidiam effugies, si te non ingesseris oculis, si bona tua non jactaveris, si scieris in sinu gaudere,
Sen. Ep. 105, 3:
sic hodie veniet si qua negavit heri,
Prop. 2, 14 (3, 6), 20.—
b.
Denoting with the proviso that, but only if (usu. ita):
decreverunt ut cum populus regem jussisset, id sic ratum esset si patres auctores fuissent,
that the choice should be valid, but only if the Senate should ratify it, Liv. 1, 17, 9:
sic ignovisse putato Me tibi si cenes hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 69.—
6.
Sic quia = idcirco quia (very rare): Th. Quid vos? Insanin' estis? Tr. Quidum? Th. Sic quia foris ambulatis, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 20.—
7.
With inf. clause (freq.):
sic igitur sentio, naturam primum atque ingenium ad dicendum vim afferre maximam,
Cic. Or. 1, 25, 113:
sic a majoribus nostris accepimus, praetorem quaestori suo parentis loco esse oportere,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61:
ego sic existimo, in summo imperatore quattuor res inesse oportere,
id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 38; cf. Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 5; Cic. Inv. 2, 55, 167; id. de Or. 1, 20, 93; 2, 28, 122; id. Brut. 36, 138; 41, 152; id. Div. in Caecil. 3, 10; id. Verr. 1, 7, 20; Liv. 5, 15, 11.—Esp., after sic habeto (habe, habeas) = scito (only Ciceron.):
sic habeto, in eum statum tuum reditum incidere ut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 1; so id. ib. 1, 7, 3; 2, 6, 5; 2, 10, 1; 7, 18, 1; 9, 16, 2; id. Att. 2, 25, 1; 5, 1, 5; 5, 20, 1 et saep.—
8.
With ut, expressing purpose or result:
nunc sic faciam, sic consilium est, ad erum ut veniam docte atque astu,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 23:
ab Ariobarzane sic contendi ut talenta, quae mihi pollicebatur, illi daret,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 3:
sic accidit ut ex tanto navium numero nulla omnino navis... desideraretur,
Caes. B. G. 5, 23; cf. Cato, R. R. 1, 1; Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4; id. Or. 2, 67, 271.
V.
Idiomatic usages of sic.
1.
In a wish, expressed as a conclusion after an imperative ( poet.):
parce: sic bene sub tenera parva quiescat humo (= si parces, bene quiescat),
Tib. 2, 6, 30:
annue: sic tibi sint intonsi, Phoebe, capilli,
id. 2, 5, 121:
pone, precor, fastus... Sic tibi nec vernum nascentia frigus adurat Poma, nec excutiant rapidi florentia venti,
Ov. M. 14, 762: dic [p. 1692] mihi de nostra quae sentis vera puella:
Sic tibi sint dominae, Lygdame, dempta juga,
Prop. 4, 5, 1; Tib. 2, 6, 30.—The imperative may follow the clause with sic:
sic tua Cyrneas fugiant examina taxos... Incipe (sc. cantare) si quid habes (= si incipies cantare, opto tibi ut tua examina, etc.),
Verg. E. 9, 30:
sic tibi (Arethusa) Doris amara suam non intermisceat undam: Incipe (= si incipies, opto tibi ut Doris, etc.),
id. ib. 10, 4:
sic mare compositum, sic sit tibi piscis in unda Credulus... Dic ubi sit,
Ov. M. 8, 857; Sen. Troad. 702; cf.:
sic te Diva potens Cypri... Ventorumque regat pater, Navis... Reddas incolumem Vergilium (= si tu, navis, reddes Vergilium, prosperum precor tibi cursum),
Hor. C. 1, 3, 1; cf.
also: sic venias hodierne: tibi dem turis honores (=si venies, tibi dem),
Tib. 1, 7, 53; cf. Ov. H. 3, 135; 4, 148.—
2.
Sic (like ita) with ut in strong asseveration ( poet.):
sic me di amabunt, ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum (= by the love of the gods, I pity, etc.),
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54:
Diespiter me sic amabit ut ego hanc familiam interire cupio,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 47:
sic has deus aequoris artes Adjuvet, ut nemo jamdudum littore in isto constitit,
Ov. M. 8, 866:
sic mihi te referas levis, ut non altera nostro limine intulit ulla pedes,
Prop. 1, 18, 11; cf. id. 3, 15 (4, 14), 1; cf.:
vera cano, sic usque sacras innoxia laurus vescar,
Tib. 2, 5, 63.—
3.
In a demonstrative temporal force, like the Gr. houtôs, so, as the matter stands now, as it now is, as it then was, etc.
(α).
In gen.:
e Graecis cavendae sunt quaedam familiaritates, praeter hominum perpaucorum, si qui sunt vetere Graecia digni. Sic vero fallaces sunt permulti et leves,
but as things now stand, Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 5, § 16:
at sic citius qui te expedias his aerumnis reperias,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 8: Pe. Pol tibi istuc credo nomen actutum fore. Tr. Dum interea sic sit, istuc actutum sino, provided it be as it is, Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 71:
quotiens hoc tibi ego interdixi, meam ne sic volgo pollicitarere operam,
thus, as you are doing now, id. Mil. 4, 2, 65:
si utrumvis tibi visus essem, Non sic ludibrio tuis factis habitus essem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 11:
non sic nudos in flumen deicere (voluerunt),
naked, as they are, Cic. Rosc. Am. 26, 71:
sub alta platano... jacentes sic temere,
Hor. C. 2, 11, 14.—Esp., with sine and abl.:
me germanam meam sororem tibi sic sine dote dedisse,
so as she is, without a dowry, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 65:
sic sine malo,
id. Rud. 3, 5, 2:
at operam perire meam sic... perpeti nequeo,
without result, id. Trin. 3, 2, 34 Ritschl, Fleck. (Brix omits sic): nec sic de nihilo fulminis ira cadit (= without cause), Prop. 2, 16 (3, 8), 52: mirabar hoc si sic abiret, so, i. e. without trouble, Ter. And. 1, 2, 4:
hoc non poterit sic abire,
Cic. Fin. 5, 3, 7; so,
sic abire,
id. Att. 14, 1, 1; Cat. 14, 16; Plaut. Men. 5, 7, 39. —Hence,
(β).
With imperatives, esp. with sine: Quid ego hoc faciam postea? sic sine eumpse, just let him alone, i. e. leave him as he is, Plaut. Most. 1, 4, 32:
si non vult (numerare), sic sine adstet,
id. As. 2, 4, 54:
sine fores sic, abi,
let the door alone, id. Men. 2, 3, 1; so id. Cas. 3, 6, 36; id. Ps. 1, 5, 62.—
(γ).
Pregn., implying a concession (= kai houtôs), even as it is now, even without doing so, in spite of it:
nolo bis iterare, sat sic longae fiunt fabulae,
narratives are long enough anyhow, as they are, without saying them twice over, Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 154:
sed sic quoque erat tamen Acis,
even as it was, in spite of what has been said, Ov. M. 13, 896; so,
sic quoque fallebat,
id. ib. 1, 698:
sed sic me et libertatis fructu privas et diligentiae,
anyhow, not taking into account what is mentioned, Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 4: exhibeas molestiam si quid debeam, qui nunc sic tam es molestus, who art so troublesome even as it is, i. e. without my owing you any thing, Plaut. Pers. 2, 44:
sic quoque parte plebis affecta, fides tamen publica potior senatui fuit,
Liv. 7, 27; cf. Ov. F. 2, 642; Suet. Aug. 78.—
4.
Ellipt., referring to something in the mind of the speaker:
Quod si hoc nunc sic incipiam? Nihil est. Quod si sic? Tantumdem egero. At sic opinor? Non potest,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 8: illa quae aliis sic, aliis secus videntur, to some in one way, to others in another (= aliis aliter), Cic. Leg. 1, 17, 47: Quid vini absumpsit! Sic hoc dicens, asperum hoc est, aliud lenius, = this wine is so (the speaker not saying what he thinks of it), Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 49: deinde quod illa (quae ego dixi) sive faceta sunt, sive sic, fiunt narrante te venustissima, or so, i. e. or otherwise, Cic. Fam. 15, 21, 2:
monitorem non desiderabit qui dicat, Sic incede, sic cena... sic amico utere, sic cive, sic socio,
Sen. Ep. 114.—
5.
In answers, yes = the French, Italian, and Spanish si (ante - class. and rare): Ph. Phaniam relictam ais? Ge. Sic, Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 2: De. Illa maneat? Ch. Sic, id. ib. 5, 3, 30: Ch. Sicine est sententia? Me. Sic, id. Heaut. 1, 1, 114.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sice

19 было да быльём поросло

Set phrase: it's all over and done with, it's all over the hill now, let all things past pass, let bygones be bygones, the bus is gone, the mill cannot grind with the water that is past (what has been, has been and is long forgotten, what's past is past), things past cannot be recalled, what's the use of raking over old coals?

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > было да быльём поросло

20 было да травой поросло

Set phrase: it's all over and done with, it's all over the hill now, let all things past pass, let bygones be bygones, the bus is gone, the mill cannot grind with the water that is past (what has been, has been and is long forgotten, what's past is past), things past cannot be recalled, what's the use of raking over old coals?

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > было да травой поросло

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

What I've Done — Infobox Single Name = What I ve Done Artist = Linkin Park from Album = Minutes to Midnight Released = Digital flagicon|USA April 2, 2007 flagicon|UK flagicon|Australia April 3, 2007 CD Single flagicon|USA April 30, 2007 flagicon|Australia May 5,… … Wikipedia

done — do do (d[=oo]), v. t. or auxiliary. [imp. {did} (d[i^]d); p. p. {done} (d[u^]n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Doing} (d[=oo] [i^]ng). This verb, when transitive, is formed in the indicative, present tense, thus: I do, thou doest (d[=oo] [e^]st) or dost… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Use of performance-enhancing drugs in sport — The use of performance enhancing drugs in sport is commonly referred to by the term doping , particularly by those organizations that regulate competitions. The use of performance enhancing drugs is mostly done to improve athletic performance.… … Wikipedia

what — [[t](h)wɒ̱t[/t]] ♦ (Usually pronounced [[t](h)wɒt[/t]] for meanings 2, 4, 5 and 18.) 1) QUEST You use what in questions when you ask for specific information about something that you do not know. What do you want?... What did she tell you,… … English dictionary

Use of DNA in forensic entomology — Forensic science Physiological sciences … Wikipedia

What It's Like Being Alone — Infobox Television show name = What It s Like Being Alone caption = Princess Lucy and Gurney Orphanage. format = Animation camera = runtime = 22 minutes creator = Brad Peyton executive producer = Fred Fuchs Brad Peyton starring = Peter Cugno… … Wikipedia

done — done1 [ dʌn ] 1. ) the past participle of do1 2. ) used by some people instead of did, for example in sentences such as He done it last week. This use is not considered correct. a ) SPOKEN used by some people as an auxiliary verb for saying that… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

done — I UK [dʌn] / US adjective [not usually before noun] * finished doing something or using something I m nearly done. As soon as I ve done I m going home. done with: Are you done with that pen? a) if a job is done, it has been finished That s the… … English dictionary

Use of Ogg formats in HTML5 — HTML HTML and HTML5 Dynamic HTML XHTML XHTML Mobile Profile and C HTML Canvas element Character encodings Document Object Model Font family HTML editor HTML element HTML Frames HTML5 video HTML scrip … Wikipedia

drug use — Introduction use of drugs for psychotropic rather than medical purposes. Among the most common psychotropic drugs are opiates ( opium, morphine, heroin), hallucinogens (LSD, mescaline, psilocybin), barbiturates, cocaine, amphetamines,… … Universalium

W.E.B. Du Bois: What African Americans Want (1903) — ▪ Primary Source Although they came to represent divergent perspectives on civil rights, Booker T. Washington (Washington, Booker T) and W.E.B. Du Bois were the two leading African American spokesmen at the turn of the twentieth century.… … Universalium

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

What has been done is to use

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

What has been done is to use

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: